final reia / emp report for river sand mining project...

FINAL REIA / EMP REPORT FOR RIVER SAND MINING PROJECT TEHSIL: KAPASAN DISTRICT: CHITTORGARH

1


2

PREFACE

M/s Rajasthan Fort & Palace Pvt Ltd propose to develop a River Sand mine in, Revenue

villages (covering 21 villages) of Tehsil: Kapasan, District Chittorgarh, State: Rajasthan having

lease area of 335.03 Ha. The land form is mostly river bed and non-forest land. The River beds

area is belong to Government land as per revenue records. Letter of intent (LOI) for mining

lease area 335.03. Ha have been granted in favor of M/s Rajasthan Fort & Palace Pvt Ltd

vide letter No. i10¼22½[kku@xqzi&2@2012 dated 28-01-2013. TOR was granted vide letter No.

11015/215/2013-IA-II(M)dated. 14.10.2013,.The goal of the project is to provide sand for

various construction as well as Infrastrurals projects.

Baseline data collection i.e. Air Quality, Water Quality, Noise Quality, & Soil Quality were

collected during Post Monsoon Period 2013 by Noida Testing Laboratories, Greater Noida

(NABL Accredited Laboratories). Secondary data has been collected from Indian

Meteorological Department, Jaipur (IMD), Water Resource Department, Central Ground Water

Board, Forest & Census Department etc. A final Environmental Impact Assessment report was

prepared to comply with the terms of reference (TOR). As per the provisions of Environmental

Impact Assessment Notification dated 14-09-2006 issued by Ministry of Environment and

Forests, Govt. of India. Public Hearing was conducted at 11.00 AM on 10-09-2014, in the

premises of Rajiv Gandhi Sewa Kendra, Village: Akola, Tehsil: Kapasan, District: Chittorgarh,

under the Chairmanship of ADM ( Administartion) Shri Harji Lal Atal Chittorgarh & Regional

officer Shri K.C. Gupta ( RSPCB, Chittorgarh) for Proposed River Sand Mining Project located

at Revenue villages of Tehsil: Kapasan, District: Chittorgarh, Rajasthan.

We also hereby undertake that all the points raised in the TOR issued by MOE&F are complied

with I also undertake that the facts given in the Final EIA/EMP report are factually correct to

the best of our knowledge.

Rajasthan Fort & Palace Pvt Ltd Devendra Goyal

Project Proponent EIA Coordinator

Date: 12-01-2015


3

ABBREVIATION

EIA ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

EMP ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

MOEF MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT AND FOREST

TOR TERMS OF REFERENCE

EAC EXPERT APPRAISAL COMMITTEE

EC ENVIRONMENT CLERANCE

SEAC STATE EXPERT APPRAISAL COMMITTEE

SPCB STATE POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD

CPCB CENTRAL POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD

DMG DEPARTMENT OF MINING & GEOLOGY

NOC NO OBJECTION CERTIFICATE

BGL BELOW GROUND LEVEL

GLC GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION

NH NATIONAL HIGHWAY

SH STATE HIGHWAY

dB DECIBEL

LEQ EQUIVALENT NOISE LEVEL

HA HECTARE

UNFC UNITED NATIONS FRAMEWORK CLASSIFICATION

LOI LETTER OF INTENT

KLD KILO LITRE PER DAY

LTPA LAC TONNE PER ANNUM

KM KILO METER

PRA PARTICIPATORY RURAL APPRAISAL

FGD FOCUS GROUP DISCUSSION

RL RIVER LEVEL

EPA THE ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION ACT

DO DISSOLVED OXYGEN

COD CHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND

TKN TOTAL KJELDAHL NITROGEN

PM PARTICULATE MATTER

AAQ AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

LTPA LAC TONNES PER ANNUM

R & R REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT

CSR CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

EMC ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

GOR GOVERNMENT OF RAJASTHAN

NGO NON GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATION

HMV HEAVY MOTOR VEHICLE


4

TABLE OF CONTENT

S. No. PARTICULARS PAGE NO.

1 FORM-1 1-10

2 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY HINDI & ENGLISH 11-21

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 22-36

1.0 PREAMBLE 22

1.1 GENERAL INFORMATION ON MINING OF MINERALS 22

1.1.1 RIVER SAND MINING 22

1.2 PURPOSE OF REPORT 23

1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE PROCESS 23

1.4 COMPLIANCE TO THE TERMS OF REFERENCE 23

1.5 POST ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE MONITORING 32

1.6 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

ASSESSMENT DOCUMENT 32

1.7 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT PROPONENT 33

1.8 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT 33

1.8.1 REGULATORY COMPLIANCES & APPLICABLE

LAWS/REGULATIONS 33

1.9 INFRASTRUCTURE 35

1.9.1 NEAREST RAILWAY STATION 35

1.9.2 NEAREST AIRPORT 35

1.9.3 NEAREST STATE/NATIONAL HIGHWAY 36

1.10 COST OF THE PROJECT 36

1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 36

1.13 SCOPE OF WORK 36

CHAPTER 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 37-50

2.0 GENERAL 37

2.1 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 38

2.1.1 LOCATION DETAILS 38

2.1.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT & IMPORTANCE TO THE

COUNTRY OR REGION 39

2.1.3 DEMAND AND SUPPLY GAP 40

2.1.4 EXPORT POSSIBILITY 40

2.2 LEASEHOLD AREA 40

2.3 GEOLOGY 41

2.3.1 REGIONAL GEOLOGY 41

2.3.2 LOCAL GEOLOGY 41

2.3.3 ESTIMATION OF RESERVES 42

2.3.4 QUALITY OF RESERVES 43

2.4 TYPES OF MINING 47

2.4.1 ULTIMATE WORKING DEPTH 48

2.4.2 PRODUCTION DETAILS W.R.T BLOCK WISE 48

2.5 GENERAL FEATURES 48


5

2.5.1 TOPOGRAPHY 48

2.5.2 SURFACE DRAINAGE PATTERN 48

2.5.3 VEHICULAR TRAFFIC DENSITY 48

2.5.4 TOWNSHIP 48

2.5.5 INFRASTRUCTURE 49

2.5.6 POWER, WATER SUPPLY AND OTHER

INFRASTRUCTURE REQUIREMENT 49

2.5.7 MINING MACHINERY 49

2.6 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS 50

2.7 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE 50

CHAPTER 3 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 51

3.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITES 51

3.1 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY 51

3.1.1 OPEN CAST MINING METHOD 51

3.2.2 UNDERGROUND MINING METHOD 51

3.2 SELECTION OF MINING METHODOLOGY 51

CHAPTER 4 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 52-97

4.0 GENERAL 52

4.1 LAND ENVIRONMENT 54

4.1.1 LAND USE OF LEASE AREA 55

4.1.2 OBJECTIVE OF LAND USE STUDIES 55

4.1.3 LAND USE PATTERN 56

4.1.4 TOPOGRAPHY 57

4.2 PHYSIOGRAPHY & DRAINAGE PATTERN 59

4.2.1 SOIL ANALYSIS 61

4.2.1.1 SOIL SAMPLING LOCATION

62

4.2.2.2 SOIL MONITORING RESULTS 63

4.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT 63

4.3.1 GROUND WATER 63

4.3.1.1 GROUNDWATER SCENARIO 64

4.3.1.2 AQUIFER TYPES 65

4.3.1.3 GEOMORPHOLOGY & DRAINAGE 66

4.3.2 WATER QUALITY 69

4.3.3 WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS 69

4.3.4 MONITORING RESULTS 69

4.3.5 RESULT AND CONCLUSION 71

4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT 72

4.4.1 METEOROLOGY 72

4.4.2 CLIMATOLOGY 72

4.4.3 SITE SPECIFIC MICRO METROLOGICAL DATA 72

4.4.4 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM 73


6

4.4.5 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (AAQ) 74

4.4.5 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR AIR QUALITY

MONITORING 74

4.4.6 AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS 75

4.4.7 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR AIR QUALITY

MONITORING 75

4.4.8 RESULT AND CONCLUSION 76

4.4.9 MINERALOGICAL COMPOSITION FOR PM10 76

4.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 77

4.5.1 INSTRUMENT USED FOR SAMPLING AND MONITORING 77

4.5.2 NOISE QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS 77

4.5.3 RESULTS AND CONCLUSIONS 78

4.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 78

4.6.1 ENDANGERED/ THREATENED/ ENDEMIC ANIMALS 79

4.6.2 FLORA IN CORE ZONE 79

4.6.3 FAUNA IN CORE ZONE 80

4.6.4 FLORA IN BUFFER ZONE 81

4.6.5 FAUNA IN THE BUFFER ZONE 84

4.6.2 FLORA & FAUNA IN CORE ZONE 80

4.6.3 FLORA & FAUNA IN BUFFER ZONE 81

4..6.6 CONSERVATION PLAN FOR PEACOCK 86

4.6.7 IMPACT OF MINING ON PLANKTON 90

4.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 91

4.7.1 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY 91

4.7.2 SCOPE OF WORK 91

4.7.3 METHODOLOGY 92

4.7.4 BACKGROUND INFORMATION OF THE AREA 92

4.7.5 DEMOGRAPHY OF THE STUDY AREA 92

4.7.6 LITERACY 93

4.7.7 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES 94

4.7.8 EDUCATION FACILITIES 94

4.7.9 MEDICAL FACILITIES 95

4.7.10 DRINKING WATER FACILITIES 96

4.8 DETAILS OF TRANSPORTATION 97

4.8.1 IMPACTS DUE TO TRANSPORTATIO 98

CHAPTER 5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

& MITIGATION MEASURES 99-116

5.0 GENERAL 99


5.1.1 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS ON LAND ENVIRONMENT 100

5.1.2 MITIGATION MEASURES 100

5.1.3 SAND BUDGET & REPLENISHMENT STUDY 101

5.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT 107

5.2.1 ANTICIPATED IMPACT ON WATER ENVIRONMENT 107


5.2.3 RAIN WATER HARVESTING 108


7

5.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT 108

5.3.1 IMPACTS OF THE SAND EXCAVATION 109

5.3.2 IMPACTS OF THE SAND LOADING IN TO TRUCKS 109

5.3.3 MITIGATION MEASURES FOR AIR POLLUTION 109

5.3.4 AIR QUALITY IMPACT PREDICTIONS (AQIP) 109

5.3.5 AIR QUALITY MODELLING 111

5.3.6 RESULTS AND CONCLUSION 113


5.4.1 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS 114


5.5 SOLID/OB MANAGEMENT 114

5.6 IMPACT ON BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 114

5.6.1 IMPACT ON WILDLIFE 114

5.6.2 IMPACT ON FLORA 114

5.6.3 IMPACT ON FAUNA 114

5.6.4 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT 115

5.7 SOCIO- ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 115

5.7.1 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS 115


5.8. MINE CLOSURE 116

5.8.1 MINE CLOSURE CRITERIA 116

CHAPTER 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 117-121

6.1 SCOPE OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 117

6.2 METHODOLOGY OF MONITORING 117

6.3 POST PROJECT MONITORING PLAN 118

6.3.1 AIR QUALITY MONITORING 118

6.3.2 WATER QUALITY MONITORING 118

6.3.3 NOISE LEVEL MONITORING 119

6.3.4 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT 119

6.4 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY 119

6.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING CELL 120

6.6 REPORTING SCHEDULES OF MONITORED DATA 121

CHAPTER 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 122-129

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION 122

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 126

7.2.1 IMPACTS DUE TO TRANSPORTATION 126

7.2.2 ACTIVITIES WITH POTENTIAL RISKS 126

7.2.3 SAFETY OF MACHINE USE AT MINING SITE 127

7.2.4 SAFETY MEASURES DURING WORKING AT SAND

MINING SITE 127

7.2.5 SAFETY MEASURES DURING SAND TRANSPORTATION 127

7.2.6

POSSIBLE RISKS DUE TO FAILURE OF WATSTE DUMP

& ITS CONTROL 128

7.2.7 OTHER POSSIBLE MEASURES TO AVOID RISKS/

DISASTER DUE TO RIVER BED MINING 128

7.3 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY (OHS) 128

7.4 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ACTIVITIES 129


8

CHAPTER 8 PROJECT BENEFITS 131-131

8.0 GENERAL 131

8.1 EMPLOYMENT 131

8.1.1 IMPROVEMENTS IN PHYSICAL AND SOCIAL

INFRASTRUCTURE 131

CHAPTER 9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 132-137

9.0 GENERAL 132

9.1 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL 132

9.1.1 CONTROL OF SO2 & NOx LEVELS 133

9.1.2 MEASURE TO CONTROL DUST INHALATION 133

9.2 WATER MANAGEMENT & WATER POLLUTION

CONTROL 133

9.2.1 SURFACE WATER 133

9.2.2 GROUND WATER 133



9.4.1 POST MINING LAND USE 134

9.5 SOIL CONSERVATION 134

9.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 135

9.6.1 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT 135

9.6.2 PLANTATION PROGRAMME 135

9.6.3 GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR GREEN BELT

DEVELOPMENT 137

9.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 137

9.7.1 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS AND EVALUATION 137

9.8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY 137

9.9 BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR EMP IMPLEMENTATION

& MONITORING 137

CHAPTER10 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 139-145

10.1 INTRODUCTION OF PROJECT & PROPONENT 139

10.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 140

10.2.1 DESCRIPTION OF SAND MINING OPERATION 140

10.3 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITES 141

10.4 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 141

10.5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND

MITIGATION MEASURES 142

10.5.1 IMPACT DUE TO AIR POLLUTION AND ITS

MANAGEMENT 142

10.5.2 IMPACT DUE TO NOISE POLLUTION AND ITS

MANAGEMENT 143

10.6 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAMME 143

10.7 PROJECT BENEFIT 143

10.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) 143

10.8.1 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT 144

10.8.2 WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT 144

10.8.3 NOISE MANAGEMENT 144

10.8.4 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT 144

10.8.5 MANAGEMENT OF LAND USE PATTERN 144


9

10.8.6 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT & PLANTATION

PROGRAMME 144

10.8.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 144

10.9 CONCLUSION 145

CHAPTER 11 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS 146-

QUESTIONNAIRE

LIST OF TABLES TABLE NO. DETAILS

1.1 COMPLIANCE TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR)

1.2 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT

2.1 VILLAGES COVERING LEASE AREA

2.2 BREAK-UP OF LEASE AREA

2.3 GEOLOGICAL SUCCESSIONS OF ROCKS

2.4 REGIONAL LITHOSTRATIGRAPHY OF AREA

2.5 BLOCKED RESERVES AS PER UNFC CODE (211 & 122)

2.6 RIVER SAND GRADE & USES

2.7 MINING DETAILS

2.8 PROPOSED PRODUCTION BLOCK WISE

2.9 PROPOSED PRODUCTION YEAR WISE

2.10 BREAKUP OF WATER REQUIREMENT

2.11 LIST OF MACHINERY

2.12 EMPLOYMENT DETAILS

4.1 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING OF THE STUDY AREA

4.2 TEST METHODOLOGY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND TESTING

4.3 LAND USE/LAND COVER CLASS DISTRIBUTION

4.4 SLOPE RATIO

4.5 LOCATION OF SOIL SAMPLING

4.6 SOIL ANALYSIS RESULTS

4.7 GROUND WATER RESOURCES AND DEVELOPMENT POTENTIAL O

FCHITTORGARH DISTRICT

4.8 WATER SAMPLING LOCATTIONS

4.9 WATER MONITORING RESULTS

4.10 MICRO METROLOGICAL DATA FOR THE STUDY PERIOD

4.11 FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION (24 HR.)

4.12 MONITORED PARAMETERS AND FREQUENCY OF SAMPLING

4.13 LOCATION OF MONITORING STATIONS

4.14 METHODS ADAPTED FOR PM10, PM 2.5, SO2, NOx & CO

4.15 SUMMARY OF AIR QUALITY MONITORING RESULTS

4.16 MINERALOGICAL COMPOSITION OF PM10 OF POST MONSOON 2013

4.17 LOCATION OF MONITORING STATIONS

4.18 NOISE QUALITY MONITORING RESULTS

4.19 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS IN RESPECT OF NOISE


10

4.20 METHODS USED FOR SAMPLING OF FLORA AND FAUNA

4.21 LIST OF TREE SPECIES RECORDED IN THE CORE AREA

4.22 LIST OF SHRUBS

4.23 LIST OF HERBS

4.24 LIST OF GRASSES

4.25 LIST OF AVIFAUNA

4.26 LIST OF MAMMALS

4.27 LIST OF REPTILES

4.28 LIST OF BUTTERFLIES

4.29 LIST OF TREES

4.30 LIST OF SHRUBS

4.31 LIST OF HERBS

4.32 LIST OF GRASSES

4.33 LIST OF AVIFAUNA

4.34 CLASSIFICATION OF PEACOCK (PAVO CRISTAUS)

4.35 FEATURES OF LIFE CYCLE

4.36 TENTIVE BUDGET FOR FIVE YEARS

4.37 LIST OF PLANKTON

4.38 DEMOGRAPHIC DETAILS OF THE STUDY AREA

4.39 WORKING & NON WORKING

4.40 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE

4.41 LITERACY

4.42 DRINKING WATER FACILITIES

4.43 TRAFFIC MEASUREMENT RESULTS

5.2 ANNUAL SEDIMENT YIELD IN THR INDIAN ARID ZONE

5.3 TOTAL SEDIMENT YIELDS PER YEAR

5.3 MINING ACTIVITIES AND ITS ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

5.3 PREDICTED 24-HOURLY SHORT TERM INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS

5.4 CUMULATIVE CONCENTRATION OF PM10 (BASELINE + INCREMENTAL)

5.5 IMPACTS ON NOISE DUE TO VARIOUS MINING ACTIVITIES

5.5 CALCULATION PARAMETER

5.9 ANTICIPATED IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES

6.1 POST PROJECT MONITORING PROGRAMME

7.1 DETAILS OF CSR

9.1 LAND USE PATTERN OF MINING LEASE AREA AT VARIOUS PHASES

9.2 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME

9.3 LIST OF PROPOSED FLORA FOR GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

9.4 ANNUAL CAPITAL COST FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES

10.1 DETAILS OF ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING

10.2 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECTS


11

LIST OF FIGURES Fig. No. DETAILS

1.1 PRIOR ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE PROCESS FOR CATEGORY-A

PROJECT

2.1 LOCATION MAP OF THE PROJECT

2.2 GOOGLE IMAGERY OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT, SHOWING THE CORNER

COORDINATES

2.3 PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE ML AREA

2.4 SURFACE GEOLOGICAL PLAN OF THE ML AREA

2.5 PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM FOR RIVER SAND MINING

2.6 WATER BALANCE

4.1 LAND USE/LAND COVER MAP

4.2 FLOW CHART VISUAL INTERPRETATION FOR LAND USE/LAND COVER

MAPPING

4.3 LAND USE CORE ZONE AND BUFFER ZONE AREA

4.4 SLOP MAP OF RIVER SAND MINING STUDY AREA

4.5 SEISMIC ZONE MAP OF RAJASTHAN

4.6 SOIL MAP OF RIVER SAND MINING STUDY AREA

4.7 ENVIROMENT MONITORING LOCATIONS MAP

4.8 DEPTHS TO WATER LEVEL MAP OF BARMER DISTRICT (PRE & POST-

MONSOON-2006)

4.9 DRAINAGE MAP OF RIVER SAND MINING STUDY

4.10 HYDROLOGY MAP OF BARMER DISTRICT

4.11 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM

4.12 SCIENTIFIC CLASSIFICATION OF CHINKARA

5.1 VARIATIONS IN COMPUTED SEDIMENT YIELD AS RELATED TO DRAINAGE

AREA

5.2 OBSERVED VERSUS COMPUTED SEDIMENT YIELD

5.3 HYDROLOGICAL ZONES OF THE ARID REGION OF INDIA

5.4 SEDIMENT YIELD AS A FUNCTION OF EFFECTIVE RAINFALL

5.5 MEAN ANNUAL SEDIMENT YIELD AS A FUNCTION

5.6 THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN SEDIMENT YIELD AND RUNOFF FOR A

SEQUENCE OF STORM EVENTS

5.7 ISOPLETHS SHOWING PREDICTED INCREMENTAL GLC‟S OF PM10

6.1 ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

CELL

7.1 PHOTOGRAPHS OF PUBLIC HEARING

LIST OF ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE NO. PARTICULARS

1 COPY OF APPROVED TOR LETTER

2 COPY OF LETTER OF INTENT

3 LIST OF VILLAGES WITH KHASRA NO

4 SITE-SPECIFIC METEROLGICAL DATA


12

5 HIGH COURT ORDER REGARDING NABET

6 CERTIFICATE REGADING ARAVALLI HILL RANGE

7 FLORA & FAUNA AUTHENTICATED REPORT

8 AIR,WATER,SOIL, NOISE MONITORING REPORT

9 COPY OF APPROVED MINING PLAN LETTER

10 QUESTIONNAIRE FOR MINING SECTOR

11 PROCEEDING OF PUBLIC HEARING WITH ADVERTISEMENT AND

ATTENDANCE SHEET

12 PHOTOGRAPHS OF PUBLIC HEARING

13 TOPOGRAPHICAL MAP OF STUDY AREA

14 SURFACE CUM GELOGICAL PLAN

15 PROGRASSIVE MINE CLOSURE PLAN

16 CONCEPTUAL PLAN

17 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY

18 APPROVED MINING PLAN


13

APPENDIX I

FORM 1 (Revised as per notification of MoEF Dated 01.12.2009)

(I) Basic Information

S. No. Item Details

1 Name of Project River Sand Mining Revenue villages of Tehsil:

Kapasan, District: Chittorgarh, Rajasthan.

2 S. No in the Schedule As Per the Gazette Notification dated 14th

September, 2006, the project is classified as

Category “A” under item 1(a) - A- Category.

3 Proposed Capacity/Length tonnage to be

handled / command area/ Lease area/

number of wells to be drilled.

Lease area: 335.03 Ha

Capacity:1.40 LTPA

4 New/Expansion/Modernization New

5 Existing Capacity /Area etc Not applicable

6 Category of Project i.e. „A‟ or „B‟ A

7 Does it attract the general condition? If

yes, pleased specify.

No

8 Does it attract the specific condition? If

yes, Pleased specify.

No

9 Location Location of Lease area :-

Latitude: 24 44‟13.1” N to 24 47‟29.06 ”N

Longitude: 74 07‟11.3”E to 74 26‟22.04 ” E

Khasra No Khasra No details enclosed as Annexure No 3.

Plot/ Toposheet No 45L/1, 45 L/2, 45 L/5, 45L/6 and 45L/9.

Village Surpur, Surpuri, Rampuriya, Undiyala, Hathiana,

Ramthali, Hapakheri, Uchnarkhurd, Gumanpura,

Roliya, Jawanpura, Umedpura, Karukada, Umand,

Hingwania, Akola, Gundali, Joira, Murla,

Kanwarpura, Chokri. (21 Villages)

Tehsil Kapasan

District Chittorgarh

State Rajasthan

10 Nearest railway station/ airport along

with district in kms.

Nearest Railway Station: Chittorgarh 20 km from

mining area.

Nearest Airport: Dabok/Udaipur 55 km from mining

area.

11 Nearest Town, City, District

Headquarters along with distance in Kms.

Nearest Town : Kapasan

District Headquarter : Chittorgarh

12 Village Panchayats, Zilla Parishad,

Municipal corporation, Local body

Municipal Corporation: Kapasan


14

Capacity corresponding to sectoral activity (such as production capacity for manufacturing, mining

lease area and production capacity for mineral production, area for mineral exploration, length for

linear transport infrastructure, generation capacity for power generation etc.)

(Complete Postal Address with telephone

nos. to be given)

13 Name of the applicant M/s Rajasthan Fort and Palace Pvt. Ltd.

14 Registered Address 312, Ganapati Plaza MI Road, Jaipur.

15 Address for correspondence :

Name M/s Rajasthan Fort and Palace Pvt. Ltd.

Designation ( Owner/Partner/CEO) Owner

Address 312, Ganapati Plaza MI Road, Jaipur.

Pin Code 302001

Email [email protected]

[email protected]

Telephone 0141- 2221674

Fax 0141- 4013879

16 Details of alternative Sites examined, if

any Location these sites should be shown

on a Toposheet.

It is mineral specific project; hence no alternative

site was examined.

17 Interlinked Projects No

18 Whether separate application of

interlinked projects has been submitted?

No

19 If yes, date of submission Not Applicable

20 If, no reason Not Applicable

21 Whether the proposal involves approval /

clearance under; if yes details of the same

and their status to be given.

No

The Forest ( Conservation) Act, 1980

The wild life (Protection ) Act, 1972

The C.R.Z Notification, 1991

22 Whether there is any Government

order/Policy relevant? Relating to the

site?

No

23 Forest land involved ( hectares) No

24 Whether there is any litigation pending

against the project and / or land in which

The project is propose to be set up?

No

(a) Name of the Court

(b) Case No.

(c) Order/ directions of the court, if any

and its relevance with the proposed

project.

mailto:[email protected]


15

(II) Activity

1. Construction, operation or decommissioning of the Project involving actions, which will cause

physical changes in the locality (topography, land use, changes in water bodies, etc.)

S. No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No

Details thereof (with approximate

quantities /rates, wherever possible)

with source of information data

1.1 Permanent or temporary change in

land use, land cover or topography

including increase in intensity of

land use (with respect to local land

use plan).

No This is a River sand mining project;

Hence there will be no change in land

use/topography of the area. Naturally

replenished.

1.2 Clearance of existing land, vegetation

and buildings?

No No

1.3 Creation of new land uses? No No

1.4 Pre-construction investigations e.g.

bore houses, soil testing?

No Not Required

1.5 Construction works? No Not Required

1.6 Demolition works? No Not Required

1.7 Temporary sites used for construction

works or housing of construction

workers?

No Mostly local workers will be involved.

Mine office to be constructed to

supervise the work.

1.8 Above ground buildings, structures or

earthworks including linear

structures, cut and fill or excavations.

Yes Excavation of river sand up to 3 meter

Depth.

1.9 Underground works including mining

or tunneling?

No There is no requirement of

underground work.

1.10 Reclamation works?

No At the end of life of mine, Total

excavated area will be some part used

for solid waste material dump.

1.11 Dredging? Yes River bed upto 3 bgl from dry bed,

Hence No dredging required.

1.12 Offshore structures? No Not Required

1.13 Production and manufacturing

processes?

No There is no requirement of production

and manufacturing Process.

1.14 Facilities for storage of goods or

materials?

No Minerals extracted will be loaded

directly into trucks/dumpers. Hence no

storage facility will be required.

1.15 Facilities for treatment or disposal of No No waste will be generated as the


16

solid waste or liquid effluents? entire material is saleable.

1.16 Facilities for long term housing of

operational workers?

No Local Labor will be deployed.

1.17 New road, rail or sea traffic during

construction or operation?

No Not Required

1.18 New road, rail, air waterborne or

other transport infrastructure

including new or altered routes and

stations, ports, airports etc?

No Not Required

1.19 Closure or diversion of existing

transport routes or infrastructure

leading to changes in traffic

movements?

No No closure/diversion of existing

transport routes or infrastructure is

required.

1.20 New or diverted transmission lines or

pipelines?

No Not required

1.21 Impoundment, damming, culverting,

realignment or other changes to the

hydrology of watercourses or

aquifers?

No No impoundment, damming,

culverting, realignment or any other

changes to the hydrology of water

courses/aquifers is required.

1.22 Stream crossings? No Not Applicable

1.23 Abstraction or transfers of water form

ground or surface waters?

No About 6 KLD water will be required

for the proposed project, which will be

obtained by water tankers.

1.24 Changes in water bodies or the land

surface affecting drainage or run-off?

No There will be no change in the water

bodies or land surface.

1.25 Transport of personnel or materials

for construction, operation or

decommissioning?

No Local labor will be deployed.

1.26 Long-term dismantling or

decommissioning or restoration

works?

No Not Applicable

1.27 Ongoing activity during

decommissioning which could have an

impact on the environment?

No Not Applicable

1.28 Influx of people to an area in either

temporarily or permanently?

No Local labor will be deployed.

1.29 Introduction of alien species? No No such introduction of alien species is

foreseen.

1.30 Loss of native species or genetic

diversity?

No As such no loss of native species or

genetic diversity is expected

1.31 Any other actions? No --


17

2. Use of Natural resources for construction or operation of the Project (such as land,

water, materials or energy, especially any resources which are non-renewable or in short

supply):

S.No. Information/checklist confirmation Yes/No


quantities /rates, wherever possible)


2.1 Land especially undeveloped or

agricultural land (ha)

No The activity will be done in the

proposed mine lease area which is a

river bed. No agricultural land is

involved.

2.2 Water (expected source & competing

users) unit: KLD

No Total water requirement is about 6

KLD (3 KLD Domestic + 3 KLD For

Plantation).This water will be supplied

through tankers.

2.3 Minerals (MT) Yes Minerals will be excavated in this

project 1.40 Lac Tonnes.

2.4 Construction material – stone, aggregates,

sand / soil (expected source – MT)

No Not Required

2.5 Forests and timber (source – MT) No Not Required

2.6 Energy including electricity and fuels

(source, competing users) Unit: fuel (MT),

energy (MW)

Yes Fuel will be used to run machinery

(excavators) used for extraction of the

mineral.

2.7 Any other natural resources (use

appropriate standard units)

No No other natural resources will be used.

3. Use, storage, transport, handling or production of substances or materials, which could

be harmful to human health or the environment or raise concerns about actual or perceived

risks to human health

S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No


quantities/rates, wherever possible)


3.1 Use of substances or materials, which are

hazardous (as per MSIHC rules) to human

health or the environment (flora, fauna,

and water supplies)

No This project operation will not involve

use of any materials, hazardous to

human health or environment.

3.2 Changes in occurrence of disease or affect

disease vectors (e.g. insect or water borne

diseases)

No Not Applicable.

3.3 Affect the welfare of people e.g. by

changing living conditions?

No The proposed project will generate

employment opportunities & revenue to

state govt.

3.4 Vulnerable groups of people who could be

affected by the project e.g. hospital

No This project will not affect the

vulnerable groups of people


18

patients, children, the elderly etc.,

3.5 Any other causes No Not Applicable.

4. Production of solid wastes during construction or operation or decommissioning

(MT/month)





4.1 Spoil, overburden or mine wastes No No overburden or Mines Waste

4.2 Municipal waste (domestic and or

commercial wastes)

No Housing facilities are not proposed

during mining process, so finally not

generate of Municipal waste.

4.3 Hazardous wastes(as per Hazardous Waste

Management Rules)

No No hazardous wastes are envisaged.

4.4 Other industrial process wastes No During mining process no any other

waste generates.

4.5 Surplus product No There is no surplus product generation.

4.6 Sewage sludge or other sludge from

effluent treatment

No There is no sewage sludge generate

during mining Process.

4.7 Construction or demolition wastes No No major construction activity will be

taken place.

4.8 Redundant machinery or equipment No There will be no redundant machinery

as the machinery are movable and will

be used elsewhere

4.9 Contaminated soils or other materials No No contaminated soils are generated.

4.10 Agricultural wastes No No Agriculture waste will produce.

4.11 Other solid wastes No No other solid waste will be generated.

5. Release of pollutants or any hazardous, toxic or noxious substances to air (Kg/hr)





5.1 Emissions from combustion of fossil fuels

from stationary or mobile sources

Yes The Emission of Sox, NOx & CO may

be due to running of diesel operated

machineries. Better maintenance of

equipment will help to reduce such

emission.

5.2 Emissions from production processes No Not envisaged.

5.3 Emissions from materials handling No During loading some fugitive emission


19

including storage or transport is expected

5.4 Emissions from construction activities

including plant and equipment

No Not Applicable.

5.5 Dust or odours from handling of materials

including construction materials, sewage

and waste

No Not Applicable.

5.6 Emissions from incineration of waste No Not Applicable.

5.7 Emissions from burning of waste in open

air (e.g. slash materials, construction

debris)

No Not Applicable.

5.8 Emissions from any other sources No Not applicable

6. Generation of Noise and Vibration, and Emissions of Light and Heat:




with source of information data with

source of information data

6.1 From operation of equipment e.g.

engines, ventilation plant, crushers.

Yes Due to operation of machinery there

may be vibration and some in noise.

Necessary PPEs (Ear Muffs) will be

provided for the personnel working in

high noise area. Also Noise level not

exceed permissible level.

6.2 From industrial or similar processes No No such process is proposed.

6.3 From construction or demolition No No construction or demolition work is

proposed.

6.4 From blasting or piling

No Blasting and piling is not proposed for

the mining process.

6.5 From construction or operational traffic

Yes There will be some generation of noise

and vibration will be site specific and

will not be transmitted outside of

mining lease area. The noise levels will

be below the permissible limit owing to

the green belt around mining premises.

6.6 From lighting or cooling systems

No There is no requirement of cooling

system and Lighting System .Working

only day time.

6.7 From any other sources No Not envisaged.

7. Risks of contamination of land or water from releases of pollutants into the ground or

into sewers, surface waters, groundwater, coastal waters or the sea:


20





7.1 From handling, storage, use or spillage of

hazardous materials

No There is no generation of hazardous

material during mining process.

7.2 From discharge of sewage or other effluents

to water or the land (expected mode and

place of discharge)

No No discharge of sewage or other

effluents will be there.

7.3 By deposition of pollutants emitted to air

into the land or into water

No Not Envisaged for the Mining Area.

7.4 From any other sources No Not Envisaged

7.5 Is there a risk of long term build up of

pollutants in the environment from these

sources?

No No long term pollutant anticipated.

8. Risk of accidents during construction or operation of the Project, which could affect

human health or the environment





8.1 From explosions, spillages, fires etc from

storage, handling, use or production of

hazardous substances

No No explosives or hazardous substances

will be used.

8.2 From any other causes

No Adequate measures for safety will be

taken during operation stage.

8.3 Could the project be affected by natural

disasters causing environmental damage

(e.g. floods, earthquakes, landslides,

cloudburst etc)?

No The area is classified as Zone II (least to

moderate) by Bureau of Indian

Standards (BIS) for earthquake

sensitivity.

9. Factors which should be considered (such as consequential development) which could lead to

environmental effects or the potential for cumulative impacts with other existing or planned

activities in the locality

S. No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/No




9.1 Lead to development of supporting

lities, ancillary development or

development stimulated by the project

which could have impact on the

environment e.g.:

No


21

• Supporting infrastructure (roads, power

supply, waste or waste water treatment,

etc.)

• housing development

• extractive industries

• supply industries

• other

Nil.

Nil

Nil

Nil

9.2 Lead to after-use of the site, which could

have an impact on the environment

No

9.3 Set a precedent for later developments No Nil

9.4 Have cumulative effects due to proximity

to other existing or planned projects with

similar effects

No

(III) Environmental Sensitivity

S.No. Areas Name/

Identity

Aerial distance (within 15

km.)Proposed project location

boundary

1 Areas protected under international

conventions, national or local legislation

for their ecological, landscape, cultural

or other related value

None Not Applicable.

2 Areas which are important or sensitive for

ecological reasons - Wetlands,

watercourses or other water bodies, coastal

zone, biospheres, mountains, forests .

Berach The project site lies on this river.

3 Areas used by protected, important or

sensitive species of flora or fauna for

breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over

wintering, migration.

None Not Applicable.

4 Inland, coastal, marine or underground

waters

None Not Applicable

5 State, National boundaries

Interstate

boundary

M.P &

Gujarat

Not Applicable

6 Routes or facilities used by the public for

access to recreation or other tourist,

pilgrim areas

SH-09 Distance Between Kapasan to

Chittorgarh -32 km.

Distance Between Kapasan to

Udaipur - 75 km.

7 Defense installations None Nil

8 Densely populated or built-up area Kapasan Distance 8.5 km from mining lease


22

area.

9 Areas occupied by sensitive man-made

land uses(hospitals, schools, places of

worship, community facilities)

None Nil

10 Areas containing important, high quality or

scarce resources (ground water resources,

surface resources, forestry, agriculture,

fisheries, tourism, minerals)

None Not applicable

11 Areas already subjected to pollution or

environmental damage. (those where

existing legal environmental standards

are exceeded)

None Not Applicable

12 Areas susceptible to natural hazard which

could cause the project to present

environmental problems (earthquakes,

subsidence, landslides, erosion, flooding

or extreme or adverse climatic conditions).

None Not Applicable

I hereby give undertaking that the data and information given in the application and enclosures are true

to the best of my knowledge and belief and I am aware that if any part of the data and information

submitted found to be false or misleading at any stage, the project will be rejected and clearance given,

if any to the project will be revoked at our risk and cost.

Date: 12 -01-2015

Place: Jaipur

(………………………..)

M/s Rajasthan Fort and Palace Pvt. Ltd


23

Executive Summary 1.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

M/s Rajasthan Fort & Palace Pvt Ltd is propose to develop a River sand mine in, Revenue villages of

Tehsil: Kapasan & District Chittorgarh, State: Rajasthan having lease area is 335.03 Ha.,does not fall

in forest land. It has been proposed to collect sand from the river bed (nadi & nallas). River beds

areas are owned by Govt. of Rajasthan. Mining lease is award for fresh grant to State Mining

Department for a period of 5 years with effect from the date of registration. Mining will be confined

to the allotted lease area which lies on the river bed of Berach River from which approximately 1.40

lac Ton per year of sand will be excavated and the cost of the project is Rs. 60 lac only.

Table 1.1 Salient features of the projects

S.No Particulars Details

1. Project Name River Sand Mining at Revenue village of Tehsil:

Kapasan District: Chittorgarh (Raj)

2 Location

a Village 21 Revenue villages

b Tehsil Kapasan

c District Chittorgarh

d State Rajasthan

3 Latitude 24 44‟13.1” to 24 47‟29.06”.N

4 Longitude 74 07‟11.3” to 74 26‟22.4”E

5 Survey of India Topo-sheet No. 45L/1, 45 L/2, 45L/5, 45L/6, 45L/9.

6 Elevation Range 457 mRL is the highest and 419 mRL is the lowest

7 Method of Mining Open cast & Semi-mechanized

8 Production capacity 1.40 LTPA

9 Mineable Reserves 109.39 LacTon

11 Lease Area 335.03 Ha.(Gair mumkin nadi )

12 Nearest Highway NH-76 (4 km from proposed lease area)

13 Nearest railway station Chittorgarh (Aerial distance 20 Km)

14 Nearest airport Dabok (Udaipur) (Aerial distance 55 Km )

15 Man Power 23

16 Project Cost Rs. 60 Lac


24

17 EMP cost Rs. 13.0 Lac

18 Cost towards CSR activities Rs. 4.6 Lac

19 Seismic Zone Zone-II

1.1.1 PROPOSED METHOD OF MINING

The mining process is opencast semi-mechanized river bed mining of minor minerals. Drilling and

blasting is not required as the material is soft in nature. Mining of Bajri (Minor Mineral) is

exploitation of Bajari from river bed. As per MMCR rules 1986 extraction is limited to 3.0 m depth

only from the surface area. Entire stretch of the lease area is around 35.0 km long has been divided in

to five block only for mining operation supervision, management and safety. Light weight excavators

will be deployed for extraction. Mineral will be loaded in trucks of 20 tones capacity trucks and

equipment, earth movers will be on hire basis.

1.1.2 WATER, POWER & OTHER INFRASTRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS

All the activities will be carried out only during day time. Hence, no power is required. The water

requirement in the mine is 6 KLD for mining activities, dust suppression, drinking purpose and

greenbelt development.

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

Baseline environmental studies were conducted to monitor micro-meteorology, ambient air quality,

ground and surface water quality, noise levels, present land use pattern, soil quality, biological

environment and socio-economic status within a study area of 10 Km. radius around the mining lease

area. The baseline data on air quality, water quality, Soil quality & Ambient noise quality monitored

by Noida Testing Laboratories for one full season i.e. Post-Monsoon season, 2013 (October-

November-December). & other base line data i.e. land use, socio-economic profile of the study area,

existing flora, fauna, along with the physiographical status, Geography & hydrological study carried

out by team of Enviro Concept (I) Pvt Ltd., Jaipur.

(I) METEOROLOGY

Micro-meteorological data of Udaipur (Dabok) has been obtained from Meteorological Centre,

Sanganer, Jaipur for the Post-monsoon season – 2013. The micro-meteorological status contains

wind speed, wind direction, Dry bulb temperature, (max & min) relative humidity, rainfall etc. The

met data collected were used to determine predominant meteorological conditions.

Table No 1.2 Climatology during Study Period

Average rainfall (Max in mm) Nil

Temperature (ºC) Max 7.6 - 34.6

Relative Humidity (At 08:30 hrs) 56-83%

Relative Humidity (At 17:30 hrs) 25-38%

Dominant Wind Direction NE To SW

Average Wind Speed 1.24 m/s ( 4.46 KPH)

(II) AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

Ambient air quality monitoring has been carried out with a frequency of two days per week at five

locations. These are compared with the standards prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board

(CPCB) for rural and residential zone. Results revealed that all the monitored parameters like (PM10,

NO2, SO2 & CO) were found within the prescribed limit. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring reveals


25

that the concentrations of PM10 for all the 5 AAQM stations were found between 48.57 to

72.59μg/m3. As far as the gaseous pollutants SO2 and NO2 are concerned, the prescribed CPCB limit

of 80μg/m3 has never surpassed at any station. The concentrations of SO2 were found in range of

10.24 to 16.59μg/m3. The concentrations of NO2 were found in range of 18.01 to 25.98μg/m

3. The

concentration of CO was found in range of 0.51 to 0.54mg/m3.

(iii) GROUND WATER QUALITY

The analysis results indicate that the pH ranges from 7.31 to 7.68 of study area. The TDS (Total

Dissolved Solids) was found to be in the range 896.2 mg/L to 1121.0 mg/ L. It is seen that the

physico-chemical analysis of other parameters like chloride, calcium, magnesium, nitrate and

fluoride were found within desirable limit of IS (10500:2012).

(IV) WATER TABLE

Water level in the area between 2.03 to 7.50 mbgl.

(V) NOISE QUALITY

In the study area higher Noise value of 54.2 dB (A) was recorded during day time in Khempura

(Near Bus Stand) & lower Noise value of 34.2 dB (A) was recorded during night time in village

Gumanpura (Near govt. Secondary School).

(VI) ECOLOGY

FLORA:

A general floral survey was carried out in the study area. Flora found in the 10 km study area are

Khair (Acacia catechu), Semal (Bombax ceiba), Amaltas (Cassia fistula), Neem (Azadirachta

indica), Castor (Ricinus communis) Cotton Tree (Bombax ceiba),Peeple, Babul (Acacia

nilotica),Ardu(,Ailanthus excels).

FAUNA: Red-wattled lapwing (Vanellus cinereus), Rock Pigeon (Columba livia), Green bee-eater

(Merops orientalis), Laughing dove (Streptopelia senegalensis), House crow (Corvus splendens)

Indian Hare (Lepus nigricollis)

There are no rare endemic, endangered species & threatened species of flora within the study area.

Pavocristatus (Peacock) is the schedule-I Fauna found in the Buffer area. There are no national parks,

sanctuaries, tiger/ Elephant corridors, migratory route for birds etc. There are no Ecologically Sensitive

Areas present in the study area.

(VI) SOIL ENVIRONMENT

Five numbers of soil samples have been collected within study area and analyzed for physical and

chemical properties. The result obtained is compared with the standard soil classification as given in

Agriculture soil limits. Samples collected from identified locations indicate pH value ranging from

7.50 to 7.80, which shows that the soil is slightly alkaline in nature. Organic Matter ranges from

0.32% to 0.37 % in the soil samples.

(VII) SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS

The total population of the study area is 104293 out of which 52,153 (50.01%) are males and 52,140

(49.99%) are females. Whereas the SCs constitute 18.37 per cent of the total population, the ST

constitutes of 12.56 per cent. The total number of households in the study area is 23070. The average

family size in the study area is 4 to 6 per household. People of the area mainly engaged in

agricultural activities. Out of the total working population 53.17% people are cultivators and 9.24%

people are agricultural labors. The literacy rate of the area is only 45.16% which is low in compare to


26

state average. Similarly medical facility is also very poor. Out of 131 villages only 13 villages have

primary health centers.

1.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

1.3.1 IMPACT DUE TO AIR POLLUTION AND ITS MANAGEMENT

Air pollution is likely to be caused at various stages of sand mining operations such as excavation,

loading, transportation and screening of material. Particulate Matter (PM10) is the main pollutants

during Sand mining operations. Most of the dust will be generated from loading and transportation

operations. This dust becomes air borne and gets carried away to surrounding areas. The impact on

air is mainly localized in nature as the dust particles are not carried to longer distances and the effect

is felt within the core zone of the project involving active Sand mining operations.

In order to mitigate fugitive dust emissions and other air emissions from the project activities, the

following measures are proposed to be adopted.

1. To avoid fugitive dust emissions at the time of excavation, the mining area will be

wetted by water spraying.

2. Sand is transported to the nearest market by road through trucks. The sand will be

wetted after loading in to the truck and will be covered by tarpaulin sheets.

3. To minimize the vehicular pollution from the sand transporting vehicles, the following conditions

are insisted to permit the vehicles of the transporters:

The vehicles will be with good engine condition and will be maintain pollution control

certificate issued by appropriate authorities.

Regular maintenance of transport vehicles and monitoring of vehicular emission levels at

periodical intervals.

4. Ambient Air quality Monitoring will be carried out at four stations to assess the air quality in and

around the project for taking necessary control measures.

5. Green belt development along the access roads at mine premises and near the villages.

1.3.2 IMPACT DUE TO NOISE POLLUTION AND ITS MANAGEMENT

Noise environment in this project will be affected only by the machineries at the site and vehicular

transportation. Since mining is done semi-mechanically, slight increase in noise levels can be

expected. Baseline Noise levels are observed to be well within the limits in the monitored villages.

However, after applying the mitigation measures noise pollution will be reduced further.

In order to mitigate noise generation from the mining activities, the following mitigation measures

are proposed:

a. Since the noise generating is only through mechanical equipment and movement of vehicles,

strict compliance to periodical maintenance of the vehicle conditions will be insisted.

b. Further, to protect the employees and workmen at the sites of loading and use of Backhoe,

necessary safety wear like ear plugs will be provided.

1.3.3 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

The project activities will not have any adverse impacts on any of the common property resources of

the village communities, as the sand mine lease area is not being used for any purpose by any section

of the society in this region. There is no R & R involvement in this project. There is no land acquisition

in this project. The Project is expected to yield a positive impact on the socio-economic environment. It

helps sustain the development of this area including further development of infrastructure facilities.

1.4 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAMME

An Environmental monitoring programme has been prepared for the proposed project for periodical


27

assessment of effectiveness of implementation of Environment Management Plan. The monitored

data on air quality, water quality, soil quality and noise levels, will be periodically examined for

taking necessary corrective measures. The monitored data will be submitted to Rajasthan State

Pollution Control Board (RSPCB). The post-project data will be submitted in half-yearly monitoring

reports to the same.

S.No DESCRIPTION FREQUENCY OF MONITORING

1 Ambient Air Quality at Mining

Lease Area and Nearby areas

Half Yearly

2 Water Quality Half Yearly

3 Noise Level Monitoring Half Yearly

4 Soil Quality Half Yearly

1.5 PROJECT BENEFIT

The project activity will help in combating the growing demand of sand in the market & hence will

help in the economic growth of the country. This project will lead to direct & indirect employment

opportunity. Employment is expected during sand excavation, sand transportation, in trade and other

ancillary services. Employment in these sectors will be primarily temporary or contractual and

involvement of unskilled labor will be more. A major part of this labor force will be mainly from

local villagers who are expected to engage themselves both in agriculture and project activities. This

will enhance their income and lead to overall economic growth of the area.

1.6 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

Environmental management plan will be proposed for “Sand” mining project to mitigate the

anticipate impact during the mining operation. M/s RFPPL has prepared an Environmental

Management Plan for the proposed sand mining project. The approved Environment Management

Plan will be implemented throughout the life of the project and half-yearly monitoring report

showing the compliance status of conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance letter will be

submitted to MoEF in every six months.

1.6.1 Air Quality Management

Vehicles will be covered by tarpaulin to reduce spillage on roads.

Regular checking & Maintenance of vehicles, trucks, dumpers etc, will be conducted and

pollution under control (PUC) vehicle will be used during transportation.

Periodically, water will be sprinkled on haul roads to wet the surface.

Overloading of transport vehicles will be avoided to prevent spillage.

Green belt of trees with good footage on both side of haul road.

Dust mask provided to the workers engaged at dust generation points like excavations, loading

and unloading points.

Road will be properly maintained.

1.6.2 WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT

Mining will be carried out above the water table.

Mining schedule will be synchronized with the river flow direction and the gradient of the land.

Mining will not intersect the river bed water level or ground water table of the area.

1.6.3 NOISE MANAGEMENT


28

Minimum use of horns and speed limit of 20 km/hour in the village area.

Timely maintenance of vehicles and their silencers to minimize sound.

Phasing out of old and worn out trucks.

Provision of green belts in consultation with forest officer along the road networks.

1.6.4 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

There will be no generation of overburden\ waste material. No backfilling has been proposed in the

excavated zone of river to some extent will be replenished by sediment during rainy season.

1.6.5 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT

The following plant species will be planted according to CPCB guidelines: Cassia fistula(Amaltas),

Delbergia sisso(Sisam), Mangifera indica (Mango), Acacia nilotica (Babul), Azadirachta

indica(Neem), Albizza lebbek (Siris), Prosopis cineraria (Khejri), Delonix regia (Gulmohar), Butea

monosperm (Palash), Phoenix sylvestris (Khajur), Peepal (Ficus religiosa) , Calotropis procera

(Akada), etc. Trees shall necessarily be planted along the periphery of the area in rows.

Table No 1.3 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME

Year No. of Sapling Survival (70%) Place of Plantation

I Year 800 560 Along the roads, in schools

and public building, Govt.

waste land and other social

forestry programme with

permission of competent

authority.

II Year 800 560

III Year 800 560

IV Year 800 560

V Year 800 560

Total 4000 2800


The implementation of the sand mining project will generate both direct and indirect

employment. The proposed project will bring in job opportunities during operational phase.

The man power requirement is based on quantity of production and transportation technology.

The indirect employment opportunity in the form of hiring trucks and Tractors skilled and

unskilled labor will also be engaged in mining. Small shops and other business avenues will

also be emerged. The project will also provide impetus to industrialization of the area. Where

transfer of boulders into bajri is necessary crushing units will come up. It is expected that

intending entrepreneurs will venture to set up micro and small scale units in the near future

making the area a mixed society, dependent on industry, trade and business.

As a corporate responsibility we have proposed to invest a lump sum of Rs. 4.60 lac. This will

be spent to upliltment of the socio-economic status of the people. The activities will be carried

out in consultation with the local people during mining operation. However the suggested

activities are construction of drinking water tank with tape in the school and connect with

water supply system if available the source nearby area, construction of low cost toilets for

girls in the school, vocational training to the local people depending on the raw material

available in the area etc.

Besides, it will provide a check on existing system of mining operation. Since the quarries will

be allotted on lease basis, mining operation will be legally valid and it will bring income to the

state exchequer.


29

1.7 CONCLUSION

As discussed, it is safe to say that the collection of minor mineral from Berach River project is

not likely to cause any significant impact on the ecology of the area as the mineral is

replenishable and does not harm the environment and ecology of River and its surroundings.

Proper measures will be taken to control emissions likely to generate transportation of

Mineral. Green belt development in the vicinity of river banks, along the approach roads,

around Govt. buildings, schools will also be taken up as an effective pollution mitigative

technique.

*****

dk;Zdkfj.kh lkjka'k

1-0 ifj;kstuk dk fooj.k

eSllZ jktLFkku QksVZ ,.M iSysl izkbZosV fyfeVsM] t;iqj us fprkSM+x<+ ftys dh diklu rglhy ds 21 jktLo xkaoksa ds

unh&ukyksa ls viz/kku [kfut vFkkZr ctjh ds [kuu dk izLrko j[kk gSA ;g ifj;kstuk 14 flrEcj 2006 ds ¼i;kZoj.kh;

izHkko vkadyu½ vf/klwpuk ds rgr ^^,^^ Js.kh esa oxhZd`r dh xbZ gSA [kuu iV~Vk jftLVsª'ku fnuakd ls izHkkoh iakWp lky dh

vof/k ds fy;s fn;k x;k gSA [kuu dk;Z vkoafVr [kuu {ks= ¼335-03 gSDVs;j½ rd gh fd;k tk;sxk izfro"kZ 1-40 yk[k Vu

ctjh fudkyh tk;sxhA

lkj.kh ua- 1-1 ifj;kstuk dh eq[; fo'ks"krk;sA

Ø- la- fooj.k lfoLrkj o.kZu

1- ifj;kstuk dk uke ctjh [kuu] rglhy&diklu] ftyk&fprkSM+x<+ ds

jktLo xkaoksa ds unh&ukyks lsA

2-

LFkku

xkao

rglhy

ftyk

jkT;

rglhy diklu ds 21 jktLo xkaoksa ls

diklu

fprkSM+x<+

jktLFkku

3- v{kka'k

ns'kkUrj

24 44^13-1^^ N ls 24 47^29-06^^ N rd

74 07^11-3^^ E ls 74 26^22-04^^ E rd

4- Hkkjrh; losZ{k.k

uE'kk ua-

45,y@1] 45,y@2] 45,y@5] 45,y@6] 45,y@9

5- Å¡pkbZ jsat 419&457,e- ,l- ,y- ls Å¡pkbZ

6- [kuu fof/k v)Z e'khuhd`r ¼[kqyh iznku izfØ;k½

7- [kuu ;ksX; Hk.Mkj 109-39 yk[k Vu

8- [kuu {ks= 335-03 gSDVs;j ¼ljdkjh xSj eqefdu unh½


30

9- izLrkfor mRiknu 1-40 yk[k Vu izfro"kZ

10- fudVre gkbos us'kuy gkbos & 76 ¼[kuu {ks= ls 4 fdeh- nwjh

ij½

11- fudVre jsyos LVs'ku fprkSM+x<+ ¼20 fdeh- nwj½

12- fudVre ,;jiksVZ Mcksd] ¼55 fdeh- nwj½

13- Je 'kfDr 23

14- ifj;kstuk ykxr 60 yk[k :i;s

15- bZ-,e-ih- ykxr 13-0 yk[k :i;s

16- lh-,l-vkj- ykxr 4-60 yk[k :i;s

17- flfLed tksu tksu&II

1-1 [kuu dh izLrkfor fof/k

[kuu dh izLrkfor izfØ;k [kqyh [knku v)Z&e'khuhd`r gS ftlesa fMªfyax vkSj

CykfLVax dh vko';drk ugha gS D;ksafd viz/kku [kfut ctjh uje izd`fr dh gSA ,e-,e-

lh-vkj- 1986 fu;ekuqlkj 3 ehVj dh xgjkbZ rd ;k blesa igys vxj Hkw ty dk Lrj vk

tkrk gS rks ogh rd ctjh dh [kqnkbZ izLrkfor gSA [kuu {ks= yxHkx 35 fdeh- yEck

gSA blfy;s iakWap CykWd esa foHkDr fd;k x;k gSA cSap dh Å¡pkbZ 3 ehVj dh

gksxhA gYds otu ds ,DlkosVj [kuu ds fy;s dke esa fy;s tk;saxsA ctjh dks vf/kdre

20 Vu {kerk okys Vªd] VSªDVj o Vªksyh esa Hkjk tk;sxkA

1-2 fctyh] ikuh vkSj vU; cqfu;knh vko';drk [kuu fØ;kfof/k fnu ds le; gh dh tk;sxhA blfy;s fctyh dh vko';drk ugha gksxhA [knku eas ikuh dh vko';drk 6 ds-,y-Mh- /kwy neu] ihus ds fy;s rFkk gfjr ifV~Vdk fodkl ds fy;s gksxh tks fd Vasdjksa }kjk miyC/k djkbZ tkosxhA 1-3 i;kZoj.k dk o.kZu vk/kkjHkwr i;kZoj.k v/;;u tSls lkekftd vkfFkZad v/;;u] iSM&ikS/ks] rFkk HkwxHkZ ty v/;;u eSllZ ,uok;jks dksUlsIV ¼bf.M;k½ izk- fy- }kjk fd;k x;k gSA ifjos'kh ok;q xq.koŸkk] ty xq.koŸkk] 'kksj rhozrk] e`nk xq.koŸkk dh tkap eSllZ uks,Mk VSfLVax yscksjsVªh] uks,Mk }kjk fd;k x;k gSA cslykbZu MkVk laxzg.k iksLV&ekulwu ¼vDVwcj&uoEcj&fnlEcj 2013½ dk eSllZ uks,Mk VSfLVax yscksjsVªh] uks,Mk }kjk fd;k x;k gSA 1-3-1 ekSle foKku LFkkuh; ekSle ds vkadM+sa mn;iqj ¼Mcksd½ LVs'ku ds ekSle foKku dsUnz t;iqj ls izkIr fd;s x;s gSA lw{e ekSle laca/kh gok dh xfr] gok dh fn'kk] rkieku ¼vf/kdre] U;wure½ lkisf{kd vknzZrk] o"kkZ vkfn dh fLFkfr dks 'kkfey fd;k x;k gSA tks vakWdM+s feys gS og ekSle dh fLFkfr fu/kkZfjr djus ds fy;s bLrseky fd;s x;s gSA

lkj.kh ua- 1-1 v/;;u vof/k ds nkSjku tyok;q

1- vkSlr o"kkZ 0-0

2- rkieku ¼ C½ 7-6&34-6


31

3- lkisf{kd vknzZrk

¼izkr% 8-30½

56&82%

4- ok;q fn'kk mŸkj iwoZ ls nf{k.k

if’pe

5- vkSlr gok dh xfr 4-4 fdeh- izfr ?kaVk

1-3-2 ifjos'kh ok;q xq.koŸkk

ok;q ijh{k.k ds nkSjku PM10] SO2] NO2 rFkk CO dh lkUnzrk fu/kkZfjr lhek ds

vUnj gh ikbZ xbZ gSA ifjos'kh ok;q xq.koŸkk 5 LFkkuksa ij dh xbZ rFkk PM10

dh lkUnzrk 48-57 ls 72-59 ekbØksxzke izfr ?ku ehVj ikbZ xbZA xSlh; iznw"kd

SO2 rFkk NO2 CPCB dh fyfeV 80 ekbØksxzke izfr ?ku ehVj ds vUnj gh ikbZ

xbZ gSA SO2 dh lkUnzrk 10-24&16-59 ekbØksxzke izfr ?ku ehVj dh jast esa

ikbZ xbZA NO2 dh lkUnzrk 18-01&25-98 ekbØksxzke izfr ?ku ehVj dh jsat esa

ikbZ xbZA CO dh lkUnzrk 0-51&0-54 feyhxzke izfr ?ku ehVj dh jsat esa ikbZ

xbZA

1-3-3 Hkw ty xq.koŸkk

5 ikuh ds uewus Hkw ty xq.koŸkk ds fy;s bdV~Bs fd;s x;sA IS 10500%2012 ds ekudks ds vuqlkj ikuh ds

uewuksa dk fo'ys"k.k fd;k x;kA blds vuqlkj ih-,p- dh lhek 7-31 ls 7-68 ds chp ikbZ x;h rFkk Vh-Mh-

,l- dh lhek 896-2 ls 1121-0 feyhxzke izfr yhVj ds chp ik;h x;hA lHkh iSjkehVj tSls DyksjkbM]

dSfYl;e] eSXusf'k;e vkSj ¶yksjkbM 10500 % 2012 dh okaNuh; lhek ds Hkhrj gh ik;s x;sA

1-3-4 Hkw ty Lrj

Hkw ty Lrj ekulwu ls iwoZ 2-03 ls 7-50 ehVj ch-th-,y- ik;k x;k gSA

1-3-5 /ofu xq.koŸkk

v/;;u {ks= esa vf/kdre 'kksj rhozrk 54-2 Mh-ch- ¼,½ fnu ds nkSjku [kseiqjk ¼cl vM~Mk ds ikl½ rFkk

fuEure 'kksj rhozrk 34-2 Mh-ch- ¼,½ jkr ds le; xqekuiqjk ¼ljdkjh Ldwy ds ikl½ esa ikbZ xbZA

1-3-6 ikfjfLFkfrdh

10 fdeh- ds v/;;u {ks= esa ,d lkekU; loZs fd;k x;k ftlesa dSj] lsey] vEkyrk’k] uhe] dsLVksj] dikl]

ihiy] ccqy] vjMq ds o`{k ik, x,A

tUrq %& dCkwrj] rksrk] yksesMh] dqRrk] xk;] dkSvk rFkk [kjxks’k ns[ks x,A izLrkfor ifj;kstuk ls 10 fdeh-

dh ifjf/k {ks= ds Hkhrj ck;ksLQh;j] oU;tho dkfjMksj phrk@gkFkh ds fy;s vkjf{kr rFkk vU; dksbZ

ikfjfLFkfrdh laosnu'khy {ks= ugha gSA vuwlwph&I dk tho] eksj cQj tksu esa ik;k x;k gSA

1-3-7 e`nk xq.kork

e`nk ds 5 uewus v/;;u {ks= ls bdV~Vs fd;s x;s rFkk HkkSfrd o jklk;fud xq.kksa dh takWp dh xbZ gSA

ftlds vuqlkj ih-,p dh lhek 7-50 ls 7-80 ds e/; ikbZ xbZ tks fd enk dh {kkjh; izd`fr dks n'kkZrh gSA

dkcZfud inkFkZ 0-32% ls 0-37% dh jsat esa ik;k x;kA

1-3-8 lkekftd vkfFkZd i;kZoj.k


32

{ks= dh dqy tula[;k 104293 gS ftlesa ls 52153 ¼50-01%½ iq:"k rFkk 52140 ¼49-99%½ efgyk;as gSA

v/;;u {ks= esa 131 xakWo lfEefyr fd;s x;s gSA tgakW vuqlwfpr tkfr rFkk vuqlwfpr tutkfr dh vkcknh

dk izfr'kr dqy tula[;k dk Øe'k% 18-37% rFkk 12-56% gSA

1-4 izR;kf'kr i;kZoj.kh; izHkko o de djus ds mik;

1-4-1 ok;q iznw"k.k ds dkj.k o izca/ku izHkko

ok;q iznw"k.k ctjh [kuu ds nkSjku] mR[kuu izfØ;k] ynku] ifjogu ds dkj.k gksxkA PM10 eq[; ok;q

iznw"kd gksxkA

/kwy mRltZd rFkk ok;q iznw"k.k dks de djus ds fy;s fuEufyf[kr mik; fd;s tk;sxsA

1- [kuu fØ;kfof/k ds nkSjku /kwy mRltZu dks de djus ds fy;s ikuh dk fNM+dko fd;k tk;sxkA

2- ctjh dks f=iky ls <+ddj Vªdksa }kjk cktkj rd igqWpk;k tk;sxkA

3- okgukas ls gksus okys iznw"k.k dks de djus ds fy;s fuEufyf[kr 'krkZas dk ikyu fd;k tk;sxkA

A- okgukas dk batu vPNh voLFkk esa gh rFkk iznw"k.k fu;a=.k izek.k i= mi;qDr vf/kdkjh }kjk iznku

fd;k gksA

B. ifjogu okgukas dh fujUrj varjky esa j[k&j[kko gks rFkk okgukas ls mRlftZr gksus okys iznw"k.k dh

takWp le; ij gksA

4- ifjos'kh ok;q xq.koŸkk dh takWp de ls de pkj LFkkuksa ij dh tk;sxh rkfd ok;q xq.koŸkk ifj;kstuk ds

vkl&ikl ds {ks= dh fuxjkuh gks ldsA

5- gfjr ifV~Vdk dk fodkl lM+d rFkk lehiLFk xkaoksa esa fd;k tkosxkA

1-4-2 /ofu iznw"k.k ds dkj.k rFkk izca/ku izHkko

/ofu iznw"k.k ds eq[; L=ksr e'khujh rFkk okgukas dh vkoktkgh gksxsaA [kuu fØ;kfof/k v)Z&e'khuhdr fof/k

ls dh tk;sxh ftlls ekewyh /ofu Lrj esa o`f) gks ldrh gSA cslykbZu /ofu rhozrk fu/kkZfjr lhek ds vUnj

gh ikbZ xbZ gSA gkykafd /ofu iznw"k.k dks de djus ds fy;s fuEufyf[kr mik; fd;s tk;sxsA

1- okguksa dh fLFkfr vPNh rFkk fu;fer j[k&j[kko fd;k tkosxkA

2- bZ;j Iyx Jfedkas dks fn;s tk;sxsA

3- /ofu xq.koŸkk dh takWp le;≤ ij dh tk;sxhA

1-4-3 Hkw mi;ksx i)fr ,oa unh izokg esa cnyko ij izHkko

ctjh [kuu] unh ds izokg rFkk fn'kk ds vuqlkj gh fd;k tk;sxkA [kuu dk;Z unh@ukyksa esa 3 ehVj

xgjkbZ ;k ty Lrj tks Hkh igys gks rd gh fd;k tk;sxk rFkk mDr [kuu }kjk unh ukykas dk izkd`frd

cgko vo:) ugha fd;k tk;sxkA

1-4-4 ty i;kZoj.k ij izHkko

[kuu xfrfof/k Hkwty Lrj ls i;kZIr Å¡pkbZ ij dh tk;sxhA blfy;s ikuh ds Lrj ij dksbZ izHkko ugha

gksxkA [kuu dk;Z unh&ukyksa esa 3 ehVj dh xgjkbZ ;k Hkwty Lrj tks Hkh igys gks] rd gh fd;k tk;sxk

rFkk mDr [kuu }kjk unh&ukyksa dk izkd`frd cgko vo:) ugha gksxkA

1-4-5 lkekftd vkfFkZad ifjos'k

bl ifj;kstuk ls xk¡o ds pkjkxkg ;k fdlh Hkh lEifr dh dksbZ gkfu ugha gksxhA rFkk u gh fdlh dk

foLFkkiu fd;k tk;sxkA Hkwfe vokIr dh Hkh lEHkkouk ugh gSA bl ifj;kstuk ls fdlh dks lkekftd vkfFkZd

gkfu ugh gksxh cfYd yksxksa dks jkstxkj ds volj miyC/k gksaxsA {ks= esa vk/kkjHkwr <+k¡pk rS;kj gksxk tSls

lM+d dk fuekZ.k bR;kfnA lh-,l-vkj- ds vUrxZr 4-60 yk[k dk O;; {ks= ds fodkl gsrq fd;k tk;sxk tks

LFkkuh; yksxkas dh lykg ls gksxkA

1-5 i;kZoj.kh; fuxjkuh dk;ZØe

i;kZoj.kh; fuxjkuh dk;ZØe izLrkfor ifj;kstuk ds fy;s rS;kj fd;k x;k gSA ok;q xq.koŸkk] ty xq.koŸkk]

/ofu xq.koŸkk rFkk enk xq.koŸkk dh takWp le;≤ ij dh tk;sxh rFkk N% ekg esa xq.koŸkk takWp

RSPCB/MoEF dks Hksth tk;sxhA ljdkj }kjk iznŸk i;kZoj.kh; Lohd`fr dh lHkh 'krksZa dk ikyu fd;k

tk;sxkA ljdkj }kjk iznŸk i;kZoj.kh; Lohd`fr dh lHkh 'krksZa dk ikyu fd;k tk;sxkA i;kZoj.k ,oa ou

eU=ky; }kjk tkjh i;kZoj.kh; Lohd`fr vkSj ,l-ih-lh-ch- }kjk nh xbZ dUlsUV Vw vkijsV dh 'krksZa ds


33

vuqlkj i;kZoj.k ds fofHkUu ?kVdkas ds fy, i;kZoj.k fo'ys"k.k dk;ZØe pyk;k tk;sxkA N% ekfld

dEiyk;Ul fjiksVZ dk 1 twu vkSj 1 fnlEcj dks fu;fer :i ls i;kZoj.k ,oa ou eU=ky;] ubZ fnYyh esa

izLrqr fd;k tk;sxkA i;kZoj.k fo'ys"k.k dk;ZØe tks fd i;kZoj.k ds fofHkUu ?kVdksa ds fy, pyk;k tk;sxk]

dk fooj.k uhps foLr`r gSA

lkj.kh ua- 1-2 ifj;kstuk dh eq[; fo'ks"krk;sA

Ø-la- fooj.k fo'ys"k.k dh ckjEckjrk

1- ifj;kstuk rFkk vkl&ikl ds {ks= esa O;kid ok;q xq.koŸkk v)Zokf"kZad

2- ty dh xq.koŸkk v)Zokf"kZad

3- /ofu Lrj fo'ys"k.k v)Zokf"kZad

4- feV~Vh dh xq.koŸkk v)Zokf"kZad

1-6 ifj;kstuk ds ykHk

izLrkfor ifj;kstuk ls ctjh dh c<+rh ek¡x dh iwfrZ gks ldsxh ftlls {ks= dh vkfFkZd fLFkfr etcwr gksxh

rFkk fodkl vkxs c<+sxk bl ifj;kstuk ls lehiLFk xakWaoksa ds vdq'ky] dq'ky Jfedksa dks jksxtkj ds volj

iznku gksaxs rFkk vkfFkZd fodkl esa enn feysxhA bl ifj;kstuk ls izR;{k rFkk vizR;{k jkstxkj ds volj

feysaxsA jkstxkj ctjh [kuu] ifjogu ds nkSjku miyC/k gksxsaA

1-7 i;kZoj.kh; izca/ku ;kstuk

1-7-1 ok;q xq.koŸkk izca/ku

& ctjh okguksa dks f=iky ls <+dk tk;sxkA

& okgukas] Vªdkas] MEij vkfn dh fu;fer takaaWp o j[k&j[kko fd;k tk;sxk rFkk ih-;w-lh- izekf.kr okgukas dks

gh ifjogu esa yk;k tk;sxkA

& /kwy ds d.kksa dks jksdus ds fy;s Jfedksa dks MLV ekLd fn;s tk;sxsaA

& lM+dkas dk fu;fer j[k&j[kko fd;k tkosxkA

& LFkkuh; fudk;ksa rFkk ou foHkkx ds ijke'kZ ls {ks= esa mfpr LFkkuksa ij gfjr iV~Vhdk dk fodkl fd;k

tk;sxkA

1-7-2 ty xq.koŸkk izca/ku

& [kuu dk;Z ty Lrj ls Åij fd;k tk;sxkA

& [kuu dk;Z ls unh dh ty xq.koRrk rFkk i`Foh ds Hkhrj ty xq.koRrk dks izHkkfor ugha djsxkA

& [kuu dk;Z unh ds izokg rFkk fn'kk esa vuqlkj gh fd;k tk;sxkA

1-7-3 /ofu izca/ku

& xkoksa ls xqtjus okys okgukas ds }kjk gkWuZ dk mi;ksx de fd;k tk;sxk rFkk xakWoksa esa okguksa dh xfr

lhek 20 fdeh-@?kaVk gksxhA

& okguksa rFkk lkbysUlj dk le;≤ ij j[k&j[kko fd;k tkosxkA

& iqjkus Vªdksa dks mi;ksx esa ugha yk;k tk;sxkA

& gfjr ifV~Vdk dk fodkl fd;k tk;sxkA

1-7-4 Bksl dpjk izca/ku

izLrkfor [kuu fØ;kfof/k ls vksoj cMZu rFkk vif'k"V inkFkZ dk fu"dklu ugha gksxkA blfy;s iquHkZj.k dh

dksbZ vko';drk ugha gSA izR;sd o"kZ ckfj'k ds nkSjku ctjh dk iquHkZj.k gksxkA

1-7-5 lkekftd vkfFkZad i;kZoj.k

bl ifj;kstuk ls LFkkuh; yksxksa dks izR;{k rFkk vizR;{k :i ls jkstxkj feysxkA bl ifj;kstuk esa Je

'kfDr dh vko';drk ctjh dh ek=kRed mRiknu ds vk/kkj ij fu/kkZfjr gksxhA ftlls LFkkuh; yksxksa dks

jkstxkj izkIr gksxkA {ks= esa ifj;kstuk ds dkj.k NksVh&eksVh nqdkuas tSls pk; ds Bssys] iapj Bhd djus dh

nqdku ;k [kkus&ihus ds fy, <+kckas dks Hkh volj izkIr gksxkA

1-7-6 la;qDr lkekftd ftEesnkjh ¼lh-,l-vkj-½


34

bl ifj;kstuk esa la;qDr lkekftd ftEesnkjh ds rgr {ks= ds fodkl gsrq 4-6 yk[k :i;s fuos'k djus dk

izko/kku j[kk x;k gSA bldk fuos'k LFkkuh; yksxks dh vko';drkuqlkj yksxksa dh jk; ls fd;k tk;sxkA

lEHkkfor xfrfof/k;ksa ds vuqlkj ftu Ldwyksa esa is;ty dh O;oLFkk ugha gS ogk¡ is;ty gsrq Vadh dk fuekZ.k

rFkk utnhdh dqvksa eas is;ty miyC/k djokuk] Ldwy esa Nk=kvksa ds fy;s de ykxr ds 'kkSpky; dk

fuekZ.k rFkk LFkkuh; yksxksa gsrq jkstxkjksUeq[k izf'k{k.k dh O;oLFkk djuk 'kkfey gSA

1-7-7 gfjr ifV~Vdk fodkl rFkk o`{kkjksi.k dk;ZØe

[kuu {ks= unh ry esa gSA vr% ikS/kkjksi.k ,oa gfjr ifV~Vdk dk fodkl [kuu {ks= esa ugha fd;k tk ldrk

gSA vr% gfjr ifV~Vdk dk fodkl vizksp jksM+ ds nksuks rjQ] ljdkjh Ldwy rFkk xkaoks rFkk vU; mfpr

LFkkuksa ij fd;k tk;sxkA lh-ih-lh-ch- ds ekudksa ds vuqlkj LFkkuh; iztkfr;ksa ds isM+ yxk;s tk;saxsA ou

foHkkx rFkk LFkkuh; fudk;ksa ds ijke'kZ ls fd;k tk;sxkA lh-ih-lh-ch- dh xkbZM ykbu ds vuqlkj fuEu ikS/ks

yxk, tk,xs dslh;k fQLVqyk ¼veyrk'k½] MycftZ;k f'k'kq ¼f’k’ke½ esUthQsjk bafMdk ¼vke½] ,sdsUlh;k

fuyksVhdk ¼ccwy½] vtkZMhDVk bafMdk ¼uhe½] ,YchTtk ysCchu ¼lhjl½] izkslksihl lkbusjh;k¼[kstMaah½]

MsyhfuDl jsth;k ¼xqyeksgj½] iykl] Qksuhl flYosLVsjhl ¼[ktwj½] ihiy ¼Qkbdl fjyhth;kslk½] dsyksVªksihl

izksusjk ¼vkd½ bR;kfnA isM+&ikS/ks {ks= ds pkjksa rjQ dh ifjf/k esa yxk, tk;saxsA

lkj.kh ua- 1-3 gfjr ifV~Vdk dk fodkl

o"kZ ikni la[;k mRrjthohrk ¼70%½ ikS/kkjksi.k dk LFkku

izFke o"kZ 800 560 lMd ds nksuksa rjQ] ljdkjh tehu ij

rFkk lkekftd okfudh izksxzkeA

f}rh; o"kZ 800 560

rrh; o"kZ 800 560

prqFkZ o"kZ 800 560

iape o"kZ 800 560

dqy 4000 2800

1-7-8 lkekftd vkfFkZd i;kZoj.k

izLrkfor ifj;kstuk ds fØ;kfUorh gksus ls izR;{k ,oa vizR;{k jkstxkj ds volj feysxkA [kuu iV~Vs yht

ij vkoafVr dh xbZ gSA [kuu dk;Z dkuwuh :i ls ekU; gksxk rFkk jkT; ds [ktkus esa Hkh o`f) djsxkA

1-8 lkjka'k

mijksDr fopkj foe'kZ ds i'pkr ;g dguk iw.kZ lkFkZd gksxk fd ctjh [kuu ifj;kstuk ls {ks= dh

ikfjfLFkfrdh ij fdlh izdkj dk nq"izHkko ugha iM+sxkA pawaWfd ;g [kfut ¼ctjh½ iquZHkfjr gS rFkk [kuu dk;Z

dk dksbZ nq"izHkko] unh ds i;kZoj.k o ikfjfLFkfrdh ij ugha iM+sxkA

[kfut ogu ds }kjk mRltZu dh jksdFkke gsrq mik; viuk;s tk;saxsA ljdkjh Ldwyksa] rFkk mfpr LFkkuksa ij

xkaoksa esa gfjr iV~Vhdk dk fodkl fd;k tkosA


35

CHAPTER - 1

INTRODUCTION

1.0 PREAMBLE

M/s Rajasthan Fort & Palace Pvt Ltd (here in after referred as RFPPL) propose to develop a River

Sand mining in, Tehsil: Kapasan, District: Chittorgarh, State: Rajasthan. Total lease area of River

sand mining is 335.03 Ha. The area is located in River Berach Tehsil: Kapasan, District: Chittorgarh

covering the 21 villages falling along the Berach River. The land form is river bed and non-forest

land. The river beds area is belong to Government land as per revenue records. The Mine Lease area

falls on Survey of India Toposheet No. 45L/1 ,45L/2 45L/5, 45L/6 and 45L/9.

1.1 GENERAL INFORMATION ON MINING OF MINERALS

Mining is a major contributor (2‟nd) to the national GDP (4%) occupying 36 lakh Ha. (0.11%) of

total land area (329 m Ha) and providing employment generation (4 %) for 1.1 million people of the

country. In almost every mineral bearing region, soil mining and land degradation have been

inseparably connected. Rajasthan is the second largest mineral producing state in India. About one-

fourth of production of non-metallic minerals in India comes from Rajasthan state. Mining areas in

Rajasthan produce many useful minerals. 43 major and 28 minor minerals are mined in Rajasthan.

Source: raj-sthan.webs.com

1.1.1 RIVER SAND MINING

Sand Mining is a process of the actual removal of sand from the foreshore including rivers, streams

and lakes. Sand is mined from beaches and inland dunes and dredged from river bed. These minerals

typically occur combined with ordinary sand. As a resource, sand by definition is „a loose, incoherent

mass of mineral materials and is a product of natural processes. These processes are the

disintegration of rocks and corals under the influence of weathering and abrasion.

Sand has become a very important mineral for society due to its many uses mainly in Infrastructural

activities. The role of sand is very vital with regards to the protection of the coastal environment. It

acts as a buffer against strong tidal waves and storm surges by reducing their impacts as they reach

the shoreline. Sand is also a habitat for crustacean species and other related marine organisms. Sand

also plays an important role in our tourism industry as it is an integral part of our beach attractions.

1.2 PURPOSE OF REPORT

Environmental Impact Assessment (REIA) is a decision making tool, in the hands of the authorities

which brings forth the factual position about a project that enables them in arriving at an appropriate

conclusion for the proposed projects, to retain them if environmentally sound, and reject if found

having deleterious overall impact. REIA identifies the extent of the environmental, social and

economic impacts of a project prior to decision making. REIA systematically examines both

beneficial and adverse impacts of the proposed project over and above the prevailing conditions of

environmental parameters and ensure that these impacts are taken into account during the project

designing stage itself and the values of the combined impacts are never allowed to exceed and

remain within the statutory norms. A Final Environmental Impact Assessment report was prepared to

comply with the Terms of Reference (TOR) received from MoEF dated 14-10-2013 under REIA

notification of the MoEF dated 14-9-2006, as amended on 1st Dec 2009 & 4

th April 2011 and also the

REIA Guidance Manual for Mining of Minerals (Feb, 2010) of MoEF, Govt. of India, for seeking

environmental clearance for mining of sand in the applied mining lease area measuring 335.03 Ha.


36

The proposed project is categorized under category 1 (a) (>50 Ha. of mining lease area) - A

category {Mining of Minerals} as the lease area is 335.03 Ha.

1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE PROCESS

The proposed project falls under Category –„A‟ as per the REIA notification of 14th

September 2006

and its amendment dated 1st December 2009. Mining projects of ML area of > 50 is classified as

“Category- A” projects. The authority for approval of TOR & issue / reject Environmental

Clearance (EC) is Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF), Government of India (GoI) on the

recommendations of Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC). The Environmental Clearance process for

mining will comprise a maximum of three stages.

1.4 COMPLIANCE TO THE TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR)

The application for TOR of the proposed River sand mining located in 21 Revenue villages, Tehsil:

Kapasan, District Chittorgarh, Rajasthan was submitted on dated 03.07.2013 and the same was

considered in the 10th

Reconstituted Committee of the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) meeting

of MoEF scheduled on 21th

– 23th

August, 2013 was accorded approval vide letter no.J-

11015/215/2013-IA-II(M)dated. 14.10.2013, copy is enclosed as Annexure – 1.

Compliance to the Terms of Reference (TOR) is given in Table 1.1.

Table-1.1 COMPLIANCE TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR)

S. No TOR Condition Compliance Status

1 Year-wise production details since 1994

onwards should be given clearly stating the

highest production achieved in any one year

prior to 1994. It may also be categorically

informed whether there had been any

increase in production after the REIA

Notification, 1994 coming into force w.r.t

the highest production achieved prior to

1994.

The letter of Intent was granted in the year

Janurary 2013, the details of production since

then are given below:-

S.No Month & Year Quantity

1 December 2013 236

2 Janurary 2014 10383

3 Februry 2014 10068

4 March 2014 8738

5 April 2014 6065

6 May 2014 5366

7 June 2014 6019

8 July 2014 3950

9 August 2014 1500

10 September 2014 2374

11 Octomber 2014 1316

12 November 2014 4785

2 A Copy of the document in support of the

fact that the proponent is the rightful lessee

of the mine should be given.

LOI for mining lease for 335.03 Ha area has

been granted in favour of Rajasthan Fort &

Palace Pvt Ltd vide letter no.

i10¼22½[kku@xqzi&2@2012 dated 28-01-2013.,

copy of the same is enclosed as Annexure 2.

3 All documents including approved mine

plan, REIA and public hearing should be

compatible with one another in terms of the

All documents including approved Mine Plan,

REIA and public hearing are compatible with

one another in terms of the production levels,


37


mine lease area, production levels, waste

generation and its management and mining

technology and should be in the name of the

lessee.

waste generation and its management and

mining technology.

Mining Lease Area- 335.03 Ha.

Lessee: M/s. Rajasthan Fort & Palace Pvt Ltd

Proposed Production: 1.40 LTPA

Waste generation- No waste & Over burden

Mining Technology:Opencast semi Mechanized

4 All corner coordinates of the mine lease

area, superimposed on a High Resolution

Imagery/toposheet should be provided.

Such an Imagery of the proposed area

should clearly show the land use and other

ecological features of the study area (core

and buffer zone).

All corner coordinates of mine lease area are

superimposed on High Resolution Imagery/

Toposheet. Details are given in Chapter: 4, Fig

No: 4.2 of RREIA/EMP Report.

5 Does the company have a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its Board

of Directors? If so, it may be spelt out in the

REIA report with description of the

prescribed operating process/procedures to

bring into focus any

infringement/deviation/violation of the

environmental or forest norms/ conditions?

The hierarchical system or administrative

order of the Company to deal with the

environmental issues and for ensuring

compliance with the EC conditions may

also be given. The system of reporting of

non-compliances/violations of

environmental norms to the Board of

Directors of the Company and/or

shareholders or stakeholders at large may

also be detailed in the REIA report

The company through its well laid down

Environmental Policy will bring into focus any

infringement/deviation/violation of the

Environmental norms/conditions. After

commencement of the project in the area,

project proponent would have developed or to

establish an environmental management system

of reporting of non-compliance/violation of

Environmental norms.Details given in Chapter-

9 of RREIA/EMP report and Environmental

Policy enclosed as Annexure No :17

6 Issues relating to Mine Safety, including

subsidence study, blasting study etc. should

be detailed. The proposed safeguard

measures in each case should also be

provided

No underground mining will be done, which

may create subsidence problems. Mining will

be done upto 3 m from surface or 1 m above

water level, whichever is earlier. So, Slope

study is not necessary

No blasting is required. Proposed project is

opencast Mining.

Issues relating to mine safety & Proposed

safeguard given in Chapter: 7 of Final

REIA/EMP Report.


38


7 The study area will comprise of 10 km zone

around the mine lease from lease periphery

and the data contained in the REIA such as

waste generation etc should be for the life of

the mine / lease period.

The study area comprise of 10 km zone from

the periphery of the mining lease is given in Fig

No: 4.1, Chapter: 4.

No overburden and waste is likely to be

generated during lease period.

8 Land use of the study area delineating forest

area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife

sanctuary, national park, migratory routes of

fauna, water bodies, human settlements and

other ecological features should be

indicated. Land use plan of the mine lease

area should be prepared to encompass

preoperational, operational and post

operational phases and submitted.

Land use map showing land use of study area is

given in Fig No. 4.2, Chapter: 4 of REIA

Report.

A) There is no National Park, Wildlife

Sanctuary, National Monument, Biosphere

Reserves etc. within 10 km periphery of the

mining lease area.

B) There is no habitation within the lease area.

9 Details of the land for any Over Burden

Dumps outside the mine lease, such as

extent of land area, distance from mine

lease, its land use, R&R issues, if any,

should be given.

No overburden dumps will be generated from

the proposed River sand mining project.

No R&R issue is involoved.

10 A Certificate from the Competent Authority

in the State Forest Department should be

provided, confirming the involvement of

forest land, if any, in the project area. In the

event of any contrary claim by the Project

Proponent regarding the status of forests,

the site may be inspected by the State Forest

Department along with the Regional Office

of the Ministry to ascertain the status of

forests, based on which, the Certificate in

this regard as mentioned above be issued. In

all such cases, it would be desirable for

representative of the State Forest

Department to assist the Expert Appraisal

Committees.

Not applicable as there is no forest land

involved in project.River bed belongs to

Government land.

In this regard, application for confirmation of

involvement of forest land from State Forest

Department has been submitted. Same is under

process.

11 Status of forestry clearance for the broken

up area and virgin forestland involved in the

Project including deposition of net present

value (NPV) and compensatory

afforestation (CA) should be indicated. A

copy of the forestry clearance should also

be furnished.

No forest land is involved in the river sand

mining area.

12 Implementation status of recognition of Not Applicable


39


forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes and

other Traditional Forest Dwellers

(Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006

should be indicated

13 The vegetation in the RF / PF areas in the

study area, with necessary details, should be

given.

3-Forest patches present in the study area.

A detailed study is given in REIA/EMP report

in Chapter-4 at point No. 4.6.

14 A study shall be got done to ascertain the

impact of the Mining Project on wildlife of

the study area and details furnished. Impact

of the project on the wildlife in the

surrounding and any other protected area

and accordingly detailed mitigative

measures required, should be worked out

with cost implications and submitted.

There will be no significant impact on the

surrounding wild life due to the mining

activities.

15 Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors,

Tiger/Elephant Reserves/Critically Polluted

Areas/Aravalli (existing as well as

proposed), if any, within 10 km of the mine

lease should be clearly indicated, supported

by a location map duly authenticated by

Chief Wildlife Warden. Necessary

clearance, as may be applicable to such

projects due to proximity of the ecologically

sensitive areas as mentioned above, should

be obtained from the State Wildlife

Department/Chief Wildlife Warden under

the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 and

copy furnished.

There is no National Park, Sanctuary, Wildlife

Corridor, Tiger/Elephant (existing as well as

proposed) within 10 km radius of the mine

lease. There are some forests pateches present

with in 10 km. radius. The list is given below:-

Forest Patches Distance from lease

area

Fairly dense mixed

Jungle

5.5 km towards North.

Open Jungle 6.5 km towards East

R.F. dense mixed

jungle

7.8 km towards North-

East

16 A detailed biological study of the study area

[core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of

the periphery of the mine lease)] shall be

carried out. Details of flora and fauna, duly

authenticated, separately for core and buffer

zone should be furnished based on such

primary field survey, clearly indicating the

Schedule of the fauna present. In case of

any

Scheduled-I fauna found in the study area,

the necessary plan for their conservation

should be prepared in consultation with

A detailed biological study for the study area

[core and buffer zone (10 km radius of the

periphery of the mine lease)] has been carried

out in October-November & December, 2013

and the details are given in point 4.6, Chapter-

4.

List of Flora & Fauna for core & buffer zone

has been forwarded for authentication which is

under process. Submitted copy to DCF

( Chittorgarh enclosed as Annexure No.7

Biological Study with conservation plan is

incorporated in Chapter No: 4, at point No 4.6.6


40


State Forest and Wildlife Department and

details furnished. Necessary allocation of

funds for implementing the same should be

made as part of the project cost.

of RREIA/EMP report.

17 Proximity to Areas declared as „Critically

Polluted‟ or the Project areas likely to come

under the „Aravali Range‟, (attracting court

restrictions for mining operations), should

also be indicated and where so required,

clearance certifications from the prescribed

Authorities, such as the SPCB or State

Mining Dept. Should be secured and

furnished to the effect that the proposed

mining activities could be considered.

Neither the mine lease area fall in critically

polluted area nor Aravali range. Clearance

certificate from the state Mining Department is

enclosed as Annexure No.6

18 Similarly, for coastal Projects, A CRZ map

duly authenticated by one of the authorized

agencies demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ area,

location of the mine lease w.r.t CRZ, coastal

features such as mangroves, if any, should

be furnished. (Note: The Mining Projects

falling under CRZ would also need to

obtain approval of the concerned Coastal

Zone Management Authority).

Mining lease area does not falls in CRZ. Hence

Not Applicable

19 R&R Plan/compensation details for the

Project Affected People (PAP) should be

furnished. While preparing the R&R Plan,

the relevant State/National Rehabilitation &

Resettlement Policy should be kept in view.

In respect of SCs /STs and other weaker

sections of the society in the study area, a

need based sample survey, family-wise,

should be undertaken to assess their

requirements, and action programmes

prepared and submitted accordingly,

integrating the sectoral programmes of line

departments of the State Government. It

may be clearly brought out whether the

village located in the mine lease area will be

shifted or not. The issues relating to shifting

of Village including their R&R and socio-

economic aspects should be discussed in the

report.

Mining shall be restricted only in river bed,

where no habitation is present. Hence R&R is

not applicable.


41


20 One season (non-monsoon) primary

baseline data on ambient air quality (PM10,

SO2 and NOx), water quality, noise level,

soil and flora and fauna shall be collected

and the AAQ and other data so compiled

presented date-wise in the REIA and EMP

Report. Site-specific meteorological data

should also be collected. The location of the

monitoring stations should be such as to

represent whole of the study area and

justified keeping in view the pre-dominant

downwind direction and location of

sensitive receptors. There should be at least

one monitoring station within 500 m of the

mine lease in the pre-dominant downwind

direction. The mineralogical composition of

PM10, particularly for free silica, should be

given.

One season primary baseline data on ambient

air quality, water quality, noise quality, Soil

quality & flora & fauna (Post-Monsoon 2013 –

October-November-December) has been

collected and mentioned in REIA/EMP report

in Chapter-4.

The summary of the data is given in chapter –

4. Monitoring locations are given as follows:-

Location of monitoring stations

Location Distance

(km)

Direction

w.r.t

lease

area

Zone

Bhagal 0.2 NW Core

Gumanpura 0.3 N Core

Khempur 8.3 W Buffer

Sonla ka

khera

5.1 S

Buffer

Gadri khera 8.2 E Buffer

The pre-dominant wind direction is from North-

East.

The mineralogical composition of PM10

particularly of free silica is given in Chapter: 4,

at Point No 4.4.9 of REIA Report.

21 Air quality modelling should be carried out

for prediction of impact of the project on the

air quality of the area. It should also take

into account the impact of movement of

vehicles for transportation of mineral. The

details of the model used and input

parameters used for modelling should be

provided. The air quality contours may be

shown on a location map clearly indicating

the location of the site, location of sensitive

receptors, if any, and the habitation. The

wind roses showing pre-dominant wind

direction may also be indicated on the map.

Air quality modeling has been carried out for

prediction of impact due to proposed mining

activities on the present air quality of the area

as shown in Chapter: 5. The Windrose diagram

indicating predominant wind direction is shown

in Figure No. 4.15, Chapter No.4 of REIA/EMP

Report.

22 The water requirement for the Project, its

availability and source should be furnished.

A detailed water balance should also be

provided. Fresh water requirement for the

Project should be indicated.

The water requirement for the project will be

6.0 KLD which includes both for dust

suppression and domestic purpose. The details

of water balance is given in Chapter: 2.


42


23 Necessary clearance from the Competent

Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of

water for the Project should be provided.

Required water demand will be met out from

tanker water supply. Hence, CGWA Permission

is not required.

24 Description of water conservation measures

proposed to be adopted in the Project should

be given. Details of rainwater harvesting

proposed in the Project, if any, should be

provided.

Water conservation measures proposed to be

adopted in the project have been incorporated in

Chapter 5 of REIA /EMP Report. No rain water

harvesting is possible in mining lease area.

25 Impact of the project on the water quality,

both surface and groundwater should be

assessed and necessary safeguard measures,

if any required, should be provided.

There will be no significant impact on both

surface & ground water quality is expected, as

river sand mining not releases any type of

pollutants to water/water bodies.

26 Based on actual monitored data, it may

clearly be shown whether working will

intersect groundwater. Necessary data and

documentation in this regard may be

provided. In case the working will intersect

groundwater table, a detailed Hydro

Geological Study should be undertaken and

Report furnished. Necessary permission

from Central Ground Water Authority for

working below ground water and for

pumping of ground water should also be

obtained and copy furnished.

At any stage river sand mining will not intersect

the groundwater table, as mining will be carried

out to shallow depth (3m bgl). In the proposed

river sand area average ground water table

depth is 3.16 m bgl. Thus, working will not

intersect the groundwater table level.

Hence, No need to taken permission from

Central Ground Water Board.

27 Details of any stream, seasonal or

otherwise, passing through the lease area

and modification / diversion proposed, if

any, and the impact of the same on the

hydrology should be brought out.

Mining will be carried itself in river bed, So no

diversion/modification is proposed.

28 Information on site elevation, working

depth, groundwater table etc. Should be

provided both in AMSL and bgl. A

schematic diagram may also be provided for

the same.

Site elevation 419-457 Amsl

Ultimate Working Depth 3 meter bgl

Ground water table:

Pre monsoon 4.85 – 7.50 m bgl

Post Monsoon 2.03 – 4.25 m bgl

Average Water Table 3.16 m bgl

Source: CGWA Report 2007, 2013

29 A time bound Progressive Greenbelt

Development Plan shall be prepared in a

tabular form (indicating the linear and

quantitative coverage, plant species and

time frame) and submitted, keeping in mind,

A time bound Progressive Greenbelt

Development Plan is given in Chapter: 9, at

point No 9.6.2.


43


the same will have to be executed up front

on commencement of the project.

30 Impact on local transport infrastructure due

to the Project should be indicated. Projected

increase in truck traffic as a result of the

Project in the present road network

(including those outside the Project area)

should be worked out, indicating whether it

is capable of handling the incremental load.

Arrangement for improving the

infrastructure, if contemplated (including

action to be taken by other agencies such as

State Government) should be covered.

The proposed production of minor mineral per

day will be around 500 TPD, requiring 25

trucks/tippers of 20 ton capacity per day. The

mine site is connected to a pucca road. This

pucca road is well connected to NH-76

connecting which is 4 km towards South-East

from the mine lease Area. It has sufficient

capacity to take care of the extra traffic load of

the mine. As the load on the road network is not

very high, no additional infrastructure is

contemplated.

Details given in RREIA/EMP Chapter No.5.

There shall be no impact on local transport

system as the mining will be carried out on

block basis (Total Block: 5) Therefore, there

will be no impact on local transport

infrastructure due to mines. Details given in

RREIA/EMP Chapter No.5.

31 Details of the onsite shelter and facilities to

be provided to the mine workers should be

included in the REIA report.

All basic facilities to mine workers will be

provided at site like shelter, washroom, first-

aid, drinking water at mentioned in chapter No:

7.

32 Conceptual post mining land use and

Reclamation and Restoration of mined out

areas (with plans and with adequate number

of sections) should be given in the REIA

report.

Details given in RREIA/EMP chapter No.9

33 A time bound Progressive Greenbelt

Development Plan shall be prepared in a

tabular form (indicating the linear and

quantitative coverage, plant species and

time frame) and submitted, keeping in mind,

the same will have to be executed up front

on commencement of the project. Phase-

wise plan of plantation and compensatory

afforestation should be charted clearly

indicating the area to be covered under

plantation and the species to be planted. The

details of plantation already done should be

given.

A time bound Progressive Greenbelt

Development Plan is given in Chapter:9


44


34 Occupational Health impacts of the Project

should be anticipated and the proposed

preventive measures spelt out in detail.

Details of pre-placement medical

examination and periodical medical

examination schedules should be

incorporated in the EMP.

No such occupational health hazard is

anticipated still worker will be provided face

mask and ear plugs. Regular medical checkup

of the worker will be carried out in medical

camp.Details Given in Chapter: 9.

35 Public health implications of the Project and

related activities for the population in the

impact zone should be systematically

evaluated and the proposed remedial

measures should be detailed along with

budgetary allocations.

Dust will be generated due to transportation of

Sand to the roads. Water sprinkling measures

will be taken at site for suppression of dust.

Details regarding public health incorporated in

Chapter -9, of Final RREIA/ EMP Report.

Regular medical checkup of the worker will be

carried out in medical camp.

36 Measures of socio economic significance

and influence to the local community

proposed to be provided by the Project

Proponent should be indicated. As far as

possible, quantitative dimensions may be

given with time frames for implementation.

River sand mining will increases infrastructure

work and facilities that will help in generating

employment, transportation.

Directly around 23 workers will be adopted in

mining.

Details of community welfare activities to be

done for the local community, along with

proposed budget are given in Chapter 5 of

REIA/EMP Report.

37 Detailed environmental management plan to

mitigate the environmental impacts which,

should inter-alia include the impacts of

change of land use, loss of agricultural and

grazing land, if any, occupational health

impacts besides other impacts specific to the

proposed Project.

Detailed Environmental Management Plan has

been incorporated in Chapter 9 and the

environment impacts are given in Chapter 5 of

RREIA/EMP Report.

38 Public hearing points raised and

commitment of the project proponent on the

same along with time bound action plan to

implement the same should be provided and

also incorporated in the final REIA/EMP

Report of the Project.

Public Hearing for this River sand mining

project has been successfully conducted on 10th

September, 2014 at 11:00 A.M. at Rajiv Gandhi

Sewa Bhavan, Village-Akola, Tehsil: Kapasan,

District: Chittorgarh (Rajasthan). Public

Hearing Proceedings along with points raised

and commitment of the project proponent on

the same along with time bound action plan to

implement have been incorporated and detailed

public hearing proceedings incorporated in

chapter No: 7 in Final RREIA/EMP Report.

39 Details of litigation pending against the No litigation pending against the project in any


45


project, if any, with direction /order passed

by any Court of Law against the project

should be given.

Court of Law to the best of our knowledge.

40 The cost of the project (capital cost and

recurring cost) as well as the cost towards

implementation of EMP should clearly be

spelt out.

Capital Cost for the proposed project: Rs. 60

Lac.

Capital Cost for EMP: Rs 3.0 Lac

Recurring Cost for EMP :10.00 Lac

Total Cost for EMP :13.00 Lac

The same has been incorporated in Chapter: 9

of RREIA/EMP Report.

41 Details of replenishment studies; Given in Chapter: 5 of REIA/EMP report

42 Details of Transportation of mined out

materials as per the Indian Road Congress

for both the ways (loaded as well as

unloaded trucks) load and its impact on

Environment;

The haul road will be made as per IRC

guidelines and time to time maintenance of the

road will be done.

Given in Chapter :4 of RREIA/EMP report

43 Proper species specific Conservation plan

for Schedule–I and II species;

Given in Chapter: 4 of RREIA/EMP report.

44 Impact of mining on plankton During the entire lease period, River Sand

Mining will be restricted to 3.0 meter depth

from the river bed and will be kept above 1-2

meter from the water table. Negligible effect on

plankton found as results of our study.Details is

Given in Chapter: 4 of REIA/EMP report.

45 Details of mining activity to be provided

w.r.t Block Wise/ Calendar wise/ Zonal

wise, as the mine lease area having a long

stretch.

It is proposed to work in 05 blocks. Total block

(A, B, C, D, E). Total extant of lease is 35.0

km. in length. Given in Chapter: 2 of

REIA/EMP report.

46 Details of Gradient of river bed to be

provided; and

Given in Chapter: 4 of REIA/EMP report.

47 Details of excavation schedule & sequential

mining plan.

Given in Chapter: 2 of Final REIA/EMP report.

48 The Mining Plan shall be prepared

carefully, dividing lease area into

Manageable blocks to ensure scientific and

systematic mining of minor minerals.

It is proposed to work in 05 blocks. Total block

(A, B, C, D, E). Total extent of lease is 35.0

km. in length. Details are Given in Chapter: 2

of Final REIA/EMP Report.

49 The base line data shall be collected so as to

represent the whole mine lease area.

Details given in Final REIA/EMP Chapter: 4.

1.5 POST ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE MONITORING

Environmental Monitoring Program shall be implemented for the proposed mining operations in post

environmental clearance phase also. Environmental monitoring program include (i) environmental


46

surveillance (ii) analysis & interpretation of data (iii) preparation of reports to support environmental

management system and (iv) Compliance of EC time to time. A comprehensive environmental

surveillance shall be carried out by the project proponent. Monitoring report will be directly sent to

the regulatory authorities. The monitoring data generated on routine basis shall serve as tools for:

(i) Environmental status of the area

(ii) Performance of the environmental protection measures

(iii)Overall effectiveness of EMP. The monitoring program also includes the action plan in case of

emergency, so that appropriate measure may be taken.

1.6 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

DOCUMENT

As per the REIA guidance manual prepared by Administrative Staff College of India (ASCI),

Hyderabad, The mining sector manual consists of eleven chapters, which correspond to the generic

structure given as per REIA notification 2006, as amended December 2009. Based on this manual,

the generic structure of the report is as follows:

Introduction

Project Description

Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site)

Description of the Environment

Anticipated Environmental Impact & mitigation Measures

Environmental Monitoring Program

Additional studies

Project benefits

Environmental Management Plan

Summary & Conclusion

Disclosure of Consultant Engaged

1.7 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT PROPONENT

Name of Project: - River sand mining at revene villages of Tehsil: Kapasan, District: Chittorgarh

State – Rajasthan.

Project Proponent: M/s Rajasthan Fort and Palace Pvt. Ltd.

Address - 312, Ganapati Plaza MI Road, Jaipur.

Letter of Intent enclosed as ANNEXURE No -2

1.8 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

The proposed project is an open cast semi-mechanized mining. It has been proposed to collect sand

from the river bed of Berach River. Mining will be confined to the allotted lease area which lies on

the river bed of Berach River from which approximately 1.40 Lac Tonnes per year of sand will be

excavated and the estimated project cost is Rs. 60 lac. The Department of Mines and Geology intend

to award mining lease of River Sand as per letter no i10¼22½[kku@xqzi&2@2012 dated 28-01-2013.

Mining scheme including Progressive Mine Closure Plan for minor mineral for an area of 335.03 Ha

Submitted under rule rule 37(B) of MMCR 1986 IInd amendment 2012 for fresh grant of minor

mineral lease and approved SME, Bhilwara, Rajasthan vide their letter no. SME/ Bhil-

circle/CC2/Bajri/Chittor/2012/4924 ML- No. 4/2012 dated 14-11-2013.

PROJECT NATURE, SIZE & LOCATION:

NATURE


47

The proposed project is river bed sand mining project.

SIZE

It has been proposed to excavate approximately 1.40 lac tonne river sand annually over an area of

335.03 Ha.

LOCATION

The mining area is located in Revenue villages of Tehsil: Kapasan, District: Chittorgarh, State:

Rajasthan. The mining lease / proposed project area falls in Survey of India Toposheet No. 45L/1,

45L/2, 45L/5, 45L/6 & 45L/9.


48

Fig No 1.2 River Sand Lease Area Map

1.8.1 REGULATORY COMPLIANCES & APPLICABLE LAWS/REGULATIONS

a) There is no legal case against the project and project proponent.

b) There is no national park/Sanctuary notified under the Wildlife Protection Act in the lease area.

Table-1.2 shows the salient features of the proposed project.

Table-1.2 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT

Name of the Project River sand mining at Revenue villages of Tehsil:

Kapasan,District: Chittorgarh, Rajasthan

Nature of activity Extraction of sand from Berach Riverbed

Latitude 24 44‟13.1” to 24 47‟29.06”.N

Longitude 74 07‟11.3” to 74 26‟22.06”E

Elevation 457 mRL is the highest and 419 mRL is the lowest point in the

River Berach.

Survey of India Topo-sheet

No.

45L/1, 45L/2, 45L/5, 45L/6 & 45L/9.

Grant of Mine Lease vide order no. i10¼22½[kku@xqzi&2@2012 dated 28-01-2013

Mining Method Semi mechanized opencast method

Mining lease Area 335.03 Ha

M.L. No 04/2012

Nearest village Kapasan

Nearest Railway Station Chittorgarh (Aerial distance 20 Km)

Nearest National Highway NH-76 (4 km from proposed lease area)

Nearest State Highway (SH-09) Dabok to Chittaurgarh via Mavli, Bhopalsagar, Kapasan.

Interstate boundaries Madhya Pradesh- 70 Km

Reserve forest/Open Jungle Reserve forest Distance from lease area

Fairly dense mixed Jungle 5.5 km towards North.


R.F. dense mixed jungle 7.8 km towards South-East

Nearest water body Some water bodies found within 10 km radius.

Nearby River nadi/nallah Wagli river

Jasshma Nala

Baram Nala

Forest land No

Historical places with in 10

Km radius

No

Ecological sensitive areas No sanctuary /National parks/Heritage sites within 10 km of the

project site.

Note: All the distances mentioned above are aerial distances

1.9 INFRASTRUCTURE

1.9.1 NEAREST RAILWAY STATION

Chittorgarh which is about 20 km from the lease area (S-E).


49

1.9.2 NEAREST AIRPORT

Dabok Airport, Udaipur - 55 km from site towards South-West (aerially)

1.9.3 NEAREST STATE/NATIONAL HIGHWAY

SH-09.about 8 km towards North from the lease area.

NH-76 (4 km from proposed lease area)

1.9.4 NATIONAL PARK/WILDLIFE SANCTUARY

There is no National Park, Sanctuaries and Archaeological Important places within the study area.

1.10 COST OF THE PROJECT

The estimated capital cost of the project along with EMP budget is Rs. 60 Lac.

1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

Enviro Concept (I) Pvt Ltd., Jaipur has been assigned for preparation of Environment Impact

Assessment (REIA) and Environmental Management Plan (EMP) report for proposed River sand

mining Project. The baseline data has been conducted by us in association with M/s Noida Testing

Laboratories, Greater Noida, U.P (NABL Accredited Laboratory). The baseline data on air quality,

water quality,Soil quality & Ambient noise quality monitored by Noida Testing Laboratories &

other base line data i.e. land use, socio-economic profile of the study area, existing flora, fauna,

along with the physiographical status,Geography & hydrological study carried out by team of Enviro

Concept (I) Pvt Ltd., Jaipur. An effective plan to mitigate the adverse impacts and suggestive

pollution control measures along with environmental management plan has been summarized.

1.12 SCOPE OF WORK

The scope of the work includes detailed characterization of various environmental components such

as micro-meteorology, air, noise, water, land and socio-economy within 10 km radius from the

proposed plant. The main objectives of the study are:-

To identify and quantify significant impacts due to various operations of the proposed sand

mining project on various environmental components through prediction of impacts.

To assess the existing baseline status of air, water, noise, land and socio- economic environment.

To evaluate and implement the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) detailing control

measures and its efficiency to minimize the pollution levels within the permissible norms. To

evaluate the beneficial and adverse impacts of the proposed sand mining project.

To design an occupational health & safety plan for the employees.

To design post project monitoring plan for regulating the environmental quality within the limits

and help in sustainable development of the area.

To assess the probable risks, likely to occur in unit and suggest appropriate measures to avoid the

same.

*****


50

CHAPTER-2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.0 GENERAL

M/s Rajasthan Fort and Palace Pvt. Ltd (RFPPL) propose to develop a River Sand mining in, Tehsil:

Kapasan, District: Chittorgarh, State: Rajasthan. Total lease area of River sand mining is 335.03 Ha.

The area is located in River Berach Tehsil: Kapasan, District: Chittorgarh covering the 21 villages

falling along the Berach River. The land form is river bed and non-forest land.

Project proponent: M/s Rajasthan Fort and Palace Pvt. Ltd. (Company)

Ownership/Occupancy- River beds and nalas under mining lease area is owned by Govt. of

Rajasthan.

Table No.2.1 Name of Villages covering lease area

Name of Village

Khasra no Area in Ha.

Surpur 591,633,1380 16.25

Surpuri 1 5.1

Rampuriya 192 3.2

Undiyala 172,278,279,280,306,329,337 12.57

Hathiana 1981 10.62

Ramthali 348,431,1090 13.6

Hapakheri 1017,1308,1310,1333,1507,1508/730,1517/967 14.57

Uchnar khurd 1,1449,1469/1449, 14.64

Gumanpura 1 6.98

Roliya 85,101,488,515,940,941,1037,1144,1231,1232,

1304,1391,1392,1428/1145

17.84

Jawanpura 73,634/130,635/131 8.99

Umedpura 1 9.02

Karukada 452,469,698,822,1305,1306,1361 35.49

Umand 3 28.3

Hingwania 754 22.01

Akola 5071,5321,5888 45.53

Gundali 740 17.36

Joira 756,769,973,1333/1222,1351/650 27.96

Murla 1,274,1097/862,1098/863 9.13

Kanwarpura 1 6.68

Chokri 1252,1253,1551 9.81

Total 335.03 Say 335.0


51

The Environmental Impact Assessment report has been prepared in terms of REIA notification of the

MoEF dated 14th

Sept 2006, as amended on 1st Dec 2009 & 4th

April 2011 and the REIA Guidance

Manual for Mining of Minerals (Feb, 2010) of MoEF, Govt. of India, for seeking environmental

clearance for mining in the area of sand mining lease measuring 335.03 Ha. falling under category

“A”.

2.1 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

The proposed project is to mine river sand from the lease area. The estimated project cost is Rs 60

Lac. The Department of Mines and Geology intend to award mining lease of River Sand as per letter

no i10¼22½[kku@xqzi&2@2012 dated 28-01-2013. Its River Sand area spreads in an area of 335.03 Ha,

which is government transverse land.

2.1.1 LOCATION DETAILS

The proposed mining project is located in Revenue villages of Tehsil: Kapasan, District: Chittorgarh,

Rajasthan. The project river sand lease is covered under Survey of India Toposheet no: 45L/1,

45L/2, 45L/5 and 45L/6. (1:50000 scale) and the area falls between 24044‟13.1” to 24

047‟29.06” N

Latitudes & 74007‟11.3” to 74

026‟22.04”E Longitude. The elevation of the ML area varies from 457-

419 m MSL.Fig - 2.1 Shows the location map of the project.

Fig - 2.1 Location map of the project


52

2.1.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT & IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY OR REGION

The demand of sand in the area is increasing day by day both for private construction activities

and infrastructure development by the Government Agencies. The economy of India is the eleventh

largest in the world by nominal GDP and the third largest in purchasing power parity. The country is

one of the G-20 major economies and a member of BRICS. The primary reason for the economic

growth can be attributed to the growth in infrastructure. Infrastructural growth is directly

proportional to the availability of raw materials such as bricks, cement, sand etc., with the growing

infrastructural requirement of the India,thus the demand of raw materials have increased

geometrically. The proposed project will not change the natural drainage pattern of the area by

removing depositing sand on the river bed but also be a solution to the growing requirement of raw

materials for infrastructure.

2.1.3 DEMAND AND SUPPLY GAP

There is large demand of sand for construction activities in the region. Demand of sand is fulfilled by

this project to various end users in open market.

2.1.4 EXPORT POSSIBILITY

Sand will be sold out in only domestic market as well as capital market. No export of river sand is

envisaged from this mine.

2.2 LEASEHOLD AREA

Total lease hold area of 335.03 Ha lies in the River bed of Berach. The area break up of leased area

is shown in the table No. 2.2

Table No. 2.2 Break-up of Lease Area

S.No Particular Area (Ha)

1 River Bed Area 335.03

2 Agricultural Land Nil

3 Grazing Land Nil

4 Forest Land Nil

Total 335.03

Photographs taken from the four corners of the ML area are as follows.

Fig No: 2.2 Photographs of the ML area

North-West North-East


53

South-West South-East

2.3 GEOLOGY

2.3.1 REGIONAL GEOLOGY

The district takes its name from the town of Chittorgarh, which appears to have been derived from

Chitrakot, the ancient fort in the town.

The district is located between the latitudes 23°32' and 25°13' north and longitudes 74°12' and 75°49'

east in the south eastern part of the state. The district comprises of 12 tehsils namely, Nimbahera,

Bari Sadri, Begun, Chittorgarh, Pratapgarh, Bhainsrorgarh, Rashmi, Dungla, Kapasan, Gangrar,

Bhadesar and Choti Sadri. The district has two parts, the smaller portion or Bhainsrorgarh in the east

is separated by the state of Madhya Pradesh. The district has an area of 10,858 sq. kms. The district

head quarter Chittorgarh is 115 kilometers from Udaipur and is well connected by road and meter

gauge line of western Railway with Udaipur, Ajmer, Ratlam and by broad gauge line with Kota and

Neemuch. It is situated on the main railway line connecting Jaipur with Hyderabad via Ajmer and

Khandwa.

Topographically the district is undulating with scattered hills of the Aravalli ranges. The western

southern and northern parts of the district are somewhat plain. A series of hills run NorthSouth

forming parallel valleys to the east of Chittorgarh. Bhainsrorgarh area is practically hilly. The main

rivers flowing through this district are Chambal, Banas, Berach, Gambhiri, Jakham with smaller

rivers like Wagon, Gungali etc.The district comprises rocks of Bhilwara Supergroup, Vindhyan

Supergroup and Deccan Traps. The geological succession of rocks is as given below Table No.2.3

Table No 2.3 Geological successions of rocks

Age Super group Group Lithology Extrusive Intrusive

Upper

Cretaceous to

Palaeocene

- - - Deccan

Trap

(Basalt)

-

Upper

Proterozoic

Vindhyan Super

group

Bhander Group

i) Upper

ii) Lower

Kaimur Group

Khorip Group

Lasarawan Group

Shales, Sand-

Stone,

Conglomerate

Porceltanite

- -


54

Table No. 2.4 Regional Lithostratigraphy of Area

Era Supergroup Group Formation Litho units

A

R

C

H

A

E

A

N

B

H

I

L

W

A

R

A

> 2500

m.y

Pur Banera Rewara Calc gneiss, calc schist

Mica schist

Quartzite

Amphibolite schist

Rajpura-

Dariba

Bhinder Quartzite

Graphitic mica schist

Dolomitic marble

Mangalwar

complex

Potla Dolomite

Quartzite

Biotite schist

Dolomitic marble/crystalline

limestone/calc silicate.

2.3.2 LOCAL GEOLOGY

The NW and SW part of the district near Pahuna, Rashmi, Dungla and Bansi is occupied by gneisses

and schist of Mangalwar complex. In the NW of Rashmi these rocks are overlain by NE-SW trending

rocks of Pur Banera group which are more or less calcareous facies rocks. Further eastwards rocks of

Hindoli group are found. These trend NE-SW in north and swing to NW-SE in the Southern part of

the district. These meta sediments are intruded by the Berach granite which is found all along with

Hindoli group of rocks. The rocks belonging to Ranthambore group represented by quartzite slates

and shales are observed near Sitamata.

Vindhyan sedimentaries are found further east separated by great boundary fault in the NW of

Chittorgarh. These comprise conglomerates, shales, sandstone, limestone and porcellanite. Deccan

traps are exposed in the southern portion which is basaltic in nature. Several different flows have

been identified. Intrusive bodies of dolerite are found in Gangrar and Bari Sadri tehsils.

2.3.3 ESTIMATION OF RESERVES

Total mineable reserves are 109.39 Lac Ton. The lease of mine is for 5 years, with the proposed

production capacity of 1.40 LTPA.For the systematic estimation and operation river stretch of 21

villages has been calculated as per 3 meter average thickness of River sand which is ultimate limit of

mining in river.

Total area = 335.03 Ha.

PROVED RESERVES

Sand Group

Satola Group Great Boundry Fault

Bhilwara

Geological

Cycle

(> 250 m.y.)

Bhilwara Super

group

Ranthambhor

Quartzite,

Group

Shale and

slates

- Pegmatites

Quartz vein


55

a) Survey was conducted in entire lease area of the river bed as per the area allocated in different

villages, vide list given by ME Chittorgarh. This is the basic document provided by the

authorities. Khasra Plan was provided by the applicant. Sections were drawn on scale 1:10000.

b) As per Rule 18 of Rules, 2012 of MMCR, 1986 clause 32 stipulates “In case of mining lease of

mineral Bajri, the lease/leases shall abstain from mining beyond depth of 3.0 m from the surface

and below the water in such a manner that natural path of river is not altered”.

c) Further as per notification no F-14(1) Mines\Gr11\2012 dated 21 June 2012 from Dy. Secretary

to Government of Rajasthan clause 3. No person shall excavate Bajari beyond the depth. Of 3.0

m from the surface below the water level of river and within 45 m of any rail\ road bridge.

d) 7.5 m offset will also be left against the river banks to protect side collapse\scouring and riparian

vegetation

e) River is not having any water flow during post monsoon period and sand bed remains dry.

f) Mineral reserves are calculated up to 3 m depth from river bed surface RL.

g) A safety zone of 45.0 m radius is being demarked for the wells located in the river bad. All

reserves are proved reserves. Details are given as below.

Reserve estimation:

Reserve calculation – Area in sq.mt x thickness of bajari x bulk density

= reserve in ton

A) Proved reserves as per UNFC code (111)

Total reserves = 14071260 Tonnes

Minable Reserves = A-B

= 14071260 - 3131310= 10939950 Tonnes=109.39 LT

Table No 2.5 Blocked reserves as per UNFC code (211 & 122)

Water bodies (5 Place) 34.985 Ha.

Roads (6 nos) 16.33 Ha.

Anicuts (23) 15.95 Ha.

Basements 7.29 Ha.

Total blocked Area 74.555 Ha

Total blocked Reserve 3131310 Tonne

2.3.4 QUALITY OF RESERVES

The size of sediments varies from 1 mm to about 3 mm and is not uniform. The grains in the all size,

small or large are rounded to sub rounded in shape. The colour of river sand is grayish fine to course

grained. River sand weathered particles of feldspethic rocks of granitic composition with mixture of

silica and other accessories minerals. The River Sand is of two grades i.e. fine and coarse River Sand

and used for different purpose as tabulated below Table No. 2.6

Table No 2.6 RIVER SAND GRADE & USES

Type of River Sand Grade Uses

Low grade River Sand SiO2 up to 85%

Fe2O3 up to 2.75 %

Building materials of low

cost use

High Grade River Sand SiO2 up to 98%

Fe2O3 up to 0.5 %

Building of medium and

high class use


56


57

Fig- 2.3 Surface Geological Plan of the ML area


58

Fig No 2.4 FCC Map


59


60

Fig No: 2.5 Village Road Network

2.4 TYPES OF MINING


blasting is not required as the material is soft in nature. Mining of Bajri (Minor Mineral) is

exploitation of Bajari from river bed. As per MMCR rules 1986 extraction is limited to 3.0 m depth

only from the surface area when River bed is dry. Entire stretch of the lease area is around 35.0km

long has been divided in to five block only for mining operation supervision management and safety.

Light weight excavators will be deployed for extraction. Mineral will be removed in 3.0 m layer only

forming one bench. Mineral will be loaded in trucks of 20 tones capacity trucks and equipment, earth

movers will be on hire basis. There will be no OB or waste generation because the Bajri is exposed

in the river bed. Bench will advance from South West to North East direction in the river. Height of

bench will be 3.0 mt. Mining area will be developed to connect its own approach roads which exist

and will be well connected to main highway

Fig No 2.5 Process Flow Diagram for River Sand mining

Table No: 2.7 Mining Details

S. NO. PARTICULARS DETAILS

1 Method of Mining Open Cast Semi-mechanized

2 Mineable Reserves 10939950 Ton

3 Proposed Production 1.40 LTPA

4 No. of Bench 1

5 Total Blocks 5 ( A,B,C,D&E )

6 Bench Height 3.0 mt

7 Ultimate working depth 3 m

8 Elevation Range 457-419mRL

10 Ground Water Table Water Table Core Zone:

Pre-monsoon : 6-12.65 m bgl

Post-monsoon : 4-5.78 m bgl

11 Number of working days 280

Source: Approved Mining Plan with Progressive closure plan

Removal of River sand

River sand excavation up to depth of 3 mt

by Excavators

River sand loaded on Truck/dumpers

River sand Area


61

2.4.1 ULTIMATE WORKING DEPTH

The deposits occur in the middle/bottom of the river. During the entire lease period, the river sand

will be excavated from the surface up to 3 m bgl or above one meter the ground water level,

whichever is earlier.

2.4.2 PRODUCTION DETAILS W.R.T BLOCK WISE

Lease area consists of 335.03 Ha in khasra of 21 villages in a stretch of 35.0 km it is proposed to

work in 05 blocks. Total block (A, B, C, D, E). It is proposed to work in 05 blocks and estimated

based on Sp. Gravity 1.4 M3/Ton, maximum working depth 3.0 mt. from the river beds. Details given

as follows:

Table 2.8: PROPOSED PRODUCTION BLOCK WISE

Year Block A

(Mineral

in Ton)

Block B

(Mineral

in Ton)

Block C

(Mineral

in Ton)

Block D

(Mineral

in Ton)

Block E

(Mineral

in Ton)

Proposed

production

Area in

Sqm

Volume

in Cum

Ist 28,140 28,140 28,140 28,140 28,140 140700 6700 20100

IInd 28,140 28,140 28,140 28,140 28,140 140700 6700 20100

IIIrd 28,140 28,140 28,140 28,140 28,140 140700 6700 20100

IVth 28,140 28,140 28,140 28,140 28,140 140700 6700 20100

Vth 28,140 28,140 28,140 28,140 28,140 140700 6700 20100

Table No 2.9 Proposed Production Year Wise

S. No. Per year production Recovery (100%)

1 140700 140700

2 140700 140700

3 140700 140700

4 140700 140700

5 140700 140700

Total 703500 703500

Bulk density is 1.40 ton/m3

2.5 GENERAL FEATURES

2.5.1 TOPOGRAPHY

The proposed area is a river bed which is flat. The Land profile adjoining the river bank is also flat.

The difference of the highest & the lowest elevation of the area is about 40 m.

2.5.2 SURFACE DRAINAGE PATTERN

The natural drainage of the river bed is not disturbed of effected as the mining is undertaken up to a

depth of 1-3 metre and safety zone of 45.0 metres radius will be demarked for the wells located in

the river bed.

2.5.3 VEHICULAR TRAFFIC DENSITY

The roads connect from the mining lease area to National Highway-76. These roads are wide enough

to facilitate easy and smooth movement of heavy duty trucks.

The State Highway has traffic density less than 3 trucks per hour. On these Highway trucks/trolleys

ply regularly and these will easily accommodate additional dumper/tippers per hour.


62

2.5.4 TOWNSHIP

Since this mining is intermittent and labour employed would be mostly from adjoining villages, no

colony/township is proposed.

2.5.5 INFRASTRUCTURE

The site services like temporary rest shelter, portable toilets, first aid box, and drinking water

facilities will be provided to workers at the mine site.

2.5.6 POWER, WATER SUPPLY AND OTHER INFRASTRUCTURE REQUIREMENT

All the activities will be carried out only during day time. Hence, no power is required

The proposed river sand mining spreads in an area of 335.03 Ha, which is government land. The

water requirement in the mine is 6 KLD for mining activities, dust suppression, drinking purpose and

greenbelt development. Water will be made available by the water tankers. The water balance in the

proposed mining project is as follows.

Table No. 2.10 Breakup of water requirement

Activity Water requirement (in KLD)

Domestic Use 3

Plantation & Dust Suppression 3

Total 6

Consumption 2.4 KLD

Fig No 2.6 Water Balance

2.5.7 MINING MACHINERY

All the mining machinery will be used belongs to contractor on hire basis. The mining will be done

with the help of. Excavators, front end loaders, dumpers, etc. Following equipment is proposed to be

deployed for the desired production.

Table No 2.11 List of machinery

S. No. Name of machinery Capacity Nos.

1 Excavators 0.9 to 1.2 m3 5

2 Tippers/Trucks 20 tonnes 10

3 Water Tank 4000 Ltr. 5

4 Pay loader JCB - 5

Water Requirement: 6 KLD

Source – Water Tanker

Drinking Water

Domestic use 3 KLD Plantation & Dust

Suppression 3 KLD

Discharged to

Natural Drainage:

Nil 0.6 KLD

Discharge in

Septic Tank / Soakpit


63

Light vehicles - 1

2.6 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS

The proposed mining activity is envisaged to improve the socio-economic condition on a micro-

economic scale by generating local employment. M/s RFPPL will follow a strict policy on recruiting

locally available labor. The proposed project will generate direct employment to 23 personnel.

Table No 2.12 Employment details

S. No. Category Numbers

1 Manager- 1st or II

nd class 1

2 Safety officer\Assistants 1

3 Mine foreman 1

4 Mine Mate 5

5 Semi skilled personnel 5

6 Un skilled personnel 10

Total 23

2.7 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE

Efforts are being made to obtain all the statutory permissions of the mine. Mine lease has

been granted with effective from 28-01-2013 for a period of 5 years. The commencement of

production with proposed capacity of 1.40 LTPA will start soon after obtaining

Environmental Clearance from MoEF followed by CTE & CTO.

******


64

CHAPTER-3

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

3.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITES

No alternative sites are selected as the proposed project is mineral & site specific. Mining

lease auctioned by Department of Mines & Geology to Lease holder.

3.1 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY

Mining techniques have transformed dramatically since mining began thousands of years ago

With the development of new technologies many advanced method have been adopted, yield

more extraction and least environmental impacts. That commitment involves an intense drive

to improve the safety and health of workers, and lifting the economic and environmental

performance of mining operations. Mining methods are constantly changing and improving

as companies forge new technologies to enhance rates of extraction and minimize impacts

such as noise, dust, land and water disturbance. The major mining methods in use are (i)

open-cast and (ii) underground.

(I) OPEN-CAST MINING

Open-cast mining known as surface mining is most effective when the mineral deposit is

close to the surface. The mining process is fundamentally different between the soft-rock and

hard-rock operations. The techniques involves with (or) without blasting depending on the

hardness of the rock, and removing surface layers of soil and rock to reach the deposit. In

some cases, a separation process will be used to eliminate waste by-products.

(II) UNDERGROUND MINING

There are several variations of underground mining. The common factor for all forms of

underground mining is the creation of tunnels extending from the surface into the mineral

seam and the use of machinery to extract the mineral. The most commonly used underground

mining methods are stoping methods, bord-and-pillar, long wall, caving methods, cut-and-fill

and retreat benching etc. Being a loose material, no underground mining is possible.

3.2 SELECTION OF MINING METHODOLOGY

After the complete analysis of various technologies, the nature of material to be excavated

that are in practice, the mine will be operated by opencast semi mechanized method using

Light weight excavators will be used for loading of mineral in tippers and scrapper. No other


65

alternative technologies can be used because of the soft nature of the mineral. RFPPL will use

eco-friendly measures to minimize the impact on the surrounding environment. No

drilling\blasting is required as the material is loose in nature.

CHAPTER-4

DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

4.0 GENERAL

This section contains the description of baseline studies of the 10 km radius of the study area. The

data collected has been used to define the existing environment scenario around the proposed project

against which the potential impacts of the project has been assessed. The data collected has been

used to understand the existing environment scenario around the proposed mining project against

which the potential impacts of the proposed project can be assessed.

The baseline data collection was carried out to understand following environmental parameters.

Land Environment

Soil Environment

Water Environment

Meteorology

Air Environment

Noise Environment

Biological Environment

Socio-economic Environment

STUDY AREA

The study area is taken in accordance with the provisions of sector specific REIA guidance

manual for Mining of Minerals manual published by Ministry of Environment and Forests,

during 2010.The study area for the proposed sand mining is as follows:

The proposed project area (Mine lease area) is considered as „Core Zone‟.

10 km. radius from the boundary limits of the mine lease area is considered as „Buffer Zone‟.

The site is located in Revenue villages of Tehsil: Kapasan, District: Chittorgarh, Rajasthan.

Table 4.1 Environmental setting of the study area

1.

General Particular

i Latitude (N)

Longitude (E)

Lat :24 44‟13.1” to 24 47‟29.06”.N

Logitude :74 07‟11.3” to 74 26‟22.4”E

ii Study area 10 km

iii Tehsil Kapasan

iv Village 21 Revenue Villages of Kapasan tehsil

v District Chittorgarh

vi Name of River Berach

vii Length of River 33 km

2. Total No. of Household: 23070 ( Villages of Core & Buffer Area)

i Total Population 104293

a) Male 52153


66

b) Female 52140

ii. Total Literate 47099

a) Male 31051

b) Female 16048

3. Climatology ( During Study period)

i Average rainfall (During

study period)

Nil

ii Temperature (ºC) 7.6 - 34.6

iii Relative Humidity (At

08:30 hrs)

56-83%

iv Relative Humidity (At

17:30 hrs)

25-38%

v Dominant Wind

Direction

NE to SW

Source: Demography Data-Census, 2011& IMD

STUDY PERIOD

The baseline environmental quality represents the background scenario of various environmental

components in the study area.

As part of Environmental Impact Assessment study, baseline environmental monitoring was

carried out for post-monsoon season covering the months of October-November-December 2013.

Table 4.2 Test Methodology for Environmental Monitoring and Testing

S.

No. Parameter Test Method Range

Instrument

used

Model and Make of

instrument

01 PM10 &

IS 5182 (Part-23)

2006,Gravimetric

CPCB Guidelines

for Ambient Air

Monitoring

5 to 1000

µg/m3

RDS

(Respirable

Dust Sampler)

APM 460BL

(Envirotech)

02 PM2.5

Gravimetric

CPCB Guidelines

for Ambient Air

Monitoring

5 to 1000

µg/m3

FPM

APM 550

FPM

APM 550

( Envirotech)

03 SO2

IS 5182 (Part-II)

2001,Reaff.2006

5 to 100

µg/m3 Gas sampler

APM411

(Envirotech)

AAS109 (Ecotech)

04 NOx IS 5182 (Part-VI)

2006

6.0 to 100

µg/m3 Gas sampler

APM411

(Envirotech)

AAS109 (Ecotech)

05 CO IS 5182: Part-10 0-100

mg/m3

-- --

06 Noise

IS 9876 – 1981and

manufactures

Manual

30 –

130dB(A)

Sound Level

Meter

SLM 100

(Envirotech)


67

07 Drinking

Water Testing

IS 10500:2012, IS

3025 Various

Parts

-

- -

08 Soil Testing

Ref: Soil

Chemical Analysis

by M.L. Jackson

Flame Photometry

- - -

Fig No 4.1 Topographical Map of the study Area


68

4.1 LAND ENVIRONMENT

Land Cover is the physical material at the surface of the earth (it include grass, asphalt, trees,

bare ground, water, etc.) whereas Land use is the human use of land. Land use involves the

management and modification of natural environment or wilderness into built environment

such as fields, pastures, and settlements. It has also been defined as "the arrangements,

activities and inputs people undertake in a certain land cover type to produce, change or

maintain it". Studies on land use aspects of eco-system play an imperative role in identifying

susceptible issues and to take appropriate action to uphold ecological equilibrium in the

region. The main objective of this section is to provide a baseline status of the study area

covering 10-km radius around the mining lease so that temporal changes due to the mining

activities on the surroundings can be assessed in future.

4.1.1 OBJECTIVE OF LAND USE STUDIES

The objectives of land use studies are:

To develop land use & land cover map using land coordinates of the project area.

To identify and mark important basic features according primary and secondary data.

To suggest measures for conservation and sustainable use of land.

4.1.2 METHODOLOGY

Preliminary/ Primary Data Collection of the Study Area

The Indian Remote Sensing satellite IRS-1C/1D/P6 LISS IV was used for present

analysis. Two scenes of IRS P6 LISS IV covered the entire study area.

Secondary Data Collection From Authorized Bodies

Survey of India Toposheet (SOI) 45 L/1, 45 L/2, 45 L/5, 45 L/6 & 45 L/9 on 1:50,000

scale

Cadastral / Khasra Map

GPS Coordinates of Mining Lease area

Processing of satellite data using ERDAS Imagine 9.2 and prepare the land use &land

cover maps (e.g. Forest, agriculture, settlements, wasteland, water bodies etc.) by digital

image processing (dip) techniques.

Geo-Referencing of the Survey of India Toposheet

Geo-Referencing of Satellite Imagery with the help of Geo-Referenced Toposheets

Enhancement of the Satellite Imagery

Base Map Layer Creation (Roads, Railway, Village Names and others Secondary data

etc.)

Data Analysis

Ground Truth Studies or Field Verification.

Error Fixing / Reclassification

Final Map Generation

Recommendation

A number of satellite data are available in various forms in the country. We have selected

False Color Composite data of Indian Remote Sensing Satellite. The data area procured from

National Remote Sensing Company situated at Hyderabad. First of all a geo-referenced base

map was created using Survey of India‟s topographical sheet on 1:50,000 scale. All


69

permanent features like Roads, Railway lines, canals and location of villages were marked on

the map. Than lease area were also marked on it. In second step, false color composite of

satellite data were superimposed on it and physical feature which were marked on base map

were matched. Once the features were perfectly matched, the interpretation starts. There is a

scientific process to interpret/analyze satellite data which is presented in flow diagram. Using

such technique the image was interpreted and land use map of the study area was prepared.

4.1.3 LAND USE PATTERN

The study area of 10-km around the lease area is considered in the land use pattern study. For

computation of the land use pattern in the study area ERDAS IMAGINE-9.2, Arc GIS and Auto

CADD software are used. The geographical area of all settlements covered within the study area is

considered.


70

Figure 4.2 Land Use/Land Cover Map

Table No 4.3: Land use /Land Cover Class distribution

S.No Class Area in Ha. (Area)%

1 Roads 85.56 0.08


71

2 Railway lines 162.93 0.15

3 Settlements 2934.14 2.77

4 Hilly /Rocky area 391.75 0.37

5 Water Body/River/Lease Area 3016.96 2.84

6 Forest land 927.61 0.87

7 Open scrub land 8543.51 8.05

8 Crop Land 90021.21 84.86

Total 106083.68 100.00

The above table reveals that area is well endowed by crop land. It covers 84.86% of total

geographical area. Second largest area is under open scrub land. It is also covered with vegetative

cover and by putting some efforts can be brought under cultivation. The area falls under sub humid

region hence 3016.96 Ha of area is under different type of water bodies.In which 335.03 Ha.area is

River Sand Mining Lease area.

927.61 Ha area under forest land including rserved forest. Overall the area is productive from

agricultural point of view and vegetative cover. To know the current situation of land use in the

vicinity of mining area we use satellite data which give much more land use classes compare to

revenue/census classification. The additional advantage which satellite data provides is qualitative

and quantitative analysis along with its geographical location of land use.

4.1.4 TOPOGRAPHY

The proposed area is a river bed which is gentle sloping. The elevation in the area varies from 457

mRL to 419 mRL. The length of river is 33 Km. the surrounding area is devoid of any thick

vegetation except for patched agricultural lands. The Berach River flows from west to east direction.

The alluvial ground surface overlying river sand some distance away from the river bed is under

cultivation. River is non Perennial River and it turns only in rainy season and almost dry in summer.

Table No 4.4 Slope Ratio

Highest elevation: 457 mRL

Lowest elevation 419 mRL

Difference 457-419 = 38 mRL

River Length 33 km

Slope Ratio 1.15 m


72

Fig No 4.3 Slope Map of study area


73

4.1.5 SEISMICITY OF THE AREA

The study area comes under Zone-II. The Seismic Zone Map of Rajasthan is given below figure No.-

4.4

Figure No.4.4. Seismic Zone Map of Rajasthan

4.2. PHYSIOGRAPHY & DRAINAGE PATTERN

The area is marked by flat topography of igneous formation, which is surrounded by fine-

grained loamy soil overlying the river sand deposit. 419 mRL is the lowest and 457 mRL is

the highest point in the River Berach Tehsil Kapasan, district Chittorgarh.

The Berach River flows from West to East direction. The alluvial ground surface area

overlying river sand some distance away from the river bed is under cultivation. River is non

Perennial River and it runs only in rainy season and almost dry in summer. Some water

bodies of very less dimension and shallow in depth may be visible in the river bed due to

construction of some small check dams in some part of river big size boulders and exposure

of basement rock is also visible.

Soil Characteristics of the Area:

Soils of the district are classified as follows:

Clay loam or medium black: This type of soil is found in the hilly areas in the central parts

of the district.

Loam: This type of soil is found in the entire district.

Sand and sandy loam: This type of soil is found mostly near the banks of rivers and

nallahs.


74

Loam pebbly & stony: These types of soils are met within the hilly areas of the eastern

blocks of the district.


75

Fig No 4.5 Soil Map of River sand area


76

Figure-4.6 Topographical map showing monitoring locations

4.2.1 SOIL ANALYSIS

To understand the soil characteristics and best utility, the sampling of soils was done at five

locations during the study periods. The samples were examined for various physical and

chemical parameters.

The objective of the soil sampling is:-


77

To determine the baseline soil characteristics;

To monitor the impact on soil (pollutant deposition/other) in long run.

Soil sample was collected from the proposed river sand area and nearby areas. Location of

soil sampling is shown in Table no. 4.5.

4.2.1.1 SOIL SAMPLING LOCATION

For studying soil quality of the region five samples (including lease area) were collected, description

of the same as follows:

Table 4.5 Location of soil sampling

S.

No. Area Description Sample Code

Distance from Mining

lease area

Distance from

Mining lease area

1 Core Zone

A Bhagal SQ1 0.2 North West

B Gumanpura SQ2 0.3 North

2 Buffer Zone

A Khempur SQ3 8.3 West

B Sonla ka khera SQ4 5.1 South

C Gadri khera SQ5 8.2 East

4.2.2.2 SOIL MONITORING RESULTS

Table 4.6 SOIL ANALYSIS RESULTS

Parameter

Unit

Bhagal Guman

pura

Khempura Sonla ka

khera

Gadri

khera

pH(1:5 suspension) - 7.59 7.80 7.55 7.50 7.65

Electrical Conductivity at

25OC (1:5suspension.)

µS/cm 323 303 312 309 354

Calcium (as Ca) mg/kg 1298 1208 1210 1243 1232

Magnesium(as Mg) mg/kg 92.88 92.8 91.4 92.40 92.43

Sodium (as Na) mg/kg 173.5 172.6 170.1 171.3 171.64

Potassium(as K) mg/kg 81.25 78.34 77.9 80.32 81.77

Water holding Capacity % by

mass

32.34 32.61 33.44 32.99 32.3

Porosity % by

mass

31.68 32.40 31.90 33.16 31.62

Sand % by

mass

73.12 76.09 74.09 73.17 73.19

Clay % by

mass

1.21 1.51 1.21 1.28 1.19

Silt % by

mass

22.18 22.40 20.99 22.98 22.54

Cation Exchange Meq/1 5.67 5.86 5.14 5.09 5.61


78

Capacity 00gm

Sodium Absorption Ratio - 3.53 3.89 3.46 3.43 3.59

Nitrogen % by

mass

0.042 0.041 0.042 0.041 0.040

Phosphorus(P2O5) mg/kg 8.76 8.13 8.33 8.21 8.43

Zinc (Zn) mg/kg 5.28 5.13 5.20 5.20 5.42

Bulk Density gm /cc 1.35 1.40 1.38 1.32 1.19

Organic Matter %by

Mass

0.37 0.36 0.33 0.32 0.36

Source: Environmental Monitoring Report

4.2.2.3 CONCLUSION & RESULTS

The soil analysis results are presented in above table. The result obtained is compared with the

standard soil classification as given in Agriculture soil limits. Samples collected from identified

locations indicate pH value ranging from 7.50 to 7.80, which shows that the soil is slightly alkaline

in nature. Organic Matter ranges from 0.32% to 0.37 % in the soil samples.

4.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT

The study area falls in notified zone as per Ground Water Department. (Source: CGWA Report).

Chittorgarh district falls in parts of Chambal (27%), Mahi (21%) and Banas (52%) basins. The

drainage system is well developed and drainage density varies from 0.3 to 1 per sq.km. Chambal is

the only perennial river. It enters the district near Gandhi Sagar and flows towards NE for about 50

km and then enters into Kota district. The other main rivers are Banas, Gambhiri, Gujjali, Bamani,

Berach, Jakham and Wagon. The Banas River originates at Kumbhalgarh and enters district

Chittorgarh through Rashmi tehsil. It passes through Somi, Sankhli, Pahunia, and Unchkia villages.

The Gambhiri River originating in Madhya Pradesh flowing through Nimbhahera and Chittorgarh

tehsils joins Berach River. It passes through villages of Khor, Myara, Sarthal Tai etc.

4.3.1 GROUND WATER

Ground water resources availability, utilization stage of development in is summarized as under:-

Table 4.7 Ground water resources and development potential of Chittorgarh district

S.No.S S. No. Assessment Block, Particulars Details

1 Net ground water availability 39,439ham

2 Annual ground water Final --

A Irrigation 54,741 ham

B Industrial uses 1,436 ham

3 Allocation For domestic and industrial uses upto 2025 6,563 ham

4 Ground Water Availability for future irrigation development -21,865

*Source: Central Ground Water Board 2006


79

Fig No 4.7 Ground water Recharge versus Gross Final

4.3.1.1GROUNDWATER SCENARIO

Geological Framework

The geological set-up of the district is represented by various igneous and meta-sedimentary rocks.

Bhilwara super group of Archean age comprising of Shale, Phyllite, Slate, Limestone, Marble,

Schist, Quartzite etc prevail in north -eastern part of the district. Meta-sedimentary rocks belonging

to Vindhyan super group are exposed in central and northeastern part. Deccan Traps are exposed in

southern part while thin mantle of alluvium occurs along river courses and stream channels.

Hydro-geological Condition:

Groundwater occurs under unconfined condition in saturated zone of rock formation. Its occurrence

is controlled by topography, physiography and structural features of the geological formations. The

movement of the groundwater in hard rock areas is governed by size, openness, interconnection and

continuity of structural weak planes while in unconsolidated rocks, ground water movement takes

places through pore space between grains.

Groundwater in Bhilwara Super Group

• Granite-Gneiss and Schist: These aquifers occur predominantly in Pratapgarh tehsil. Few

intrusives are also found which have low permeability. Groundwater is retained in weathered

zones, fractures joints etc.

Depth to open wells tapping this aquifer ranges from 3 to 24m. Yield of wells varies from 6m3

/day to

48m3

/day. The depth to water level in the area tapping this aquifer ranges from 2m to 12m.

Saturated thickness tapped in most wells ranges from less than 1m to 6m.

Slates Phyllite and Schist: These aquifer occur predominantly towards north of Pratapgarh

tehsil. Groundwater occurs under water table condition and is mostly tapped by dug wells. Depth

of wells ranges from 8m to 15m. The depth to water level ranges from 3m to 8m bgl. Yield of

wells ranges from 6 to 12m3

/day. Thickness of water column in most of the wells ranges from

0.50m to 6.0m


80

Quartzite: The water-bearing unit of quartzite is highly fractured and jointed. Intercalation of

slates and phyllites is common. The depth of wells ranges from 7m to 16m. The depth to water

level ranges from 4m to 14m,bgl. Yield of wells varies from 30m3

/day to 150m3

/day. Saturated

thickness in wells varies from 4m to 6m.

Groundwater in Vindhyans

Sandstone: The vindhyan sandstone, which is jointed and fractured, occurs in small pockets

around Madhura Tala village. This aquifer is tapped by open wells ranging in depth from 6m to

12m. The depth to water level varies from 4 to 9m bgl. Yield of wells ranges from 10 to

150m3

/day. Thickness of the water column ranges from 1m to5m.

Shales: Shales intercalated with calcareous material generally forms poor aquifer. Depth of open

wells ranges from 6m to 18m. Depth to water level range from 5m to 10m bgl. Deep water level

condition occurs towards north of Pratapgarh. Thickness of water column ranges from 0.80 to

5.50m. Yield test show specific capacity of wells is of the order of 0.181m3

/min/m and optimum

yield is 0.06m3

/min.

Groundwater in Deccan Traps

Basalts as aquifer occur in southern part of the district. The groundwater occurs under water table

condition and is exploited by open wells.

Compact Basalt: The wells tapping this aquifer occur near Gyaspur, Nikor, Kunnaiy and

Jokhera villages. Depth of wells ranges from 3 to 18m. Depth to water level ranges from 2m to

15m bgl. Yield of wells ranges from 6 to 200m3/day. Thickness of water column ranges from

0.50m to 8.0m. Sp capacity of wells ranges from 0.015m3/min/m to 0.051m

3/min/m. Optimum

yield of wells ranges from 0.1.m3/min to 0.015m

3/min.

Weathered Basalt: Groundwater in weathered zone of basalts occur under unconfined condition.

The aquifer occurs near Pilu, Pratapgarh, Dalot and Ambirana villages. It is tapped by open wells

ranging in depth from 3 to 22m. Yield of wells ranges from 6 to 250 m3/day. The thickness of

water column ranges from 1m to 10m. Sp capacity of wells ranges from 0.08 to 0.14m3/min/m

and optimum yield ranges from 0.018 to 0.081m3/min.

Vesicular Basalt: Groundwater in vesicular zone of basalt occurs near Rampur, Thikriya, Arnod,

and Chota semlia villahes. Depth of wells ranges from 4m to 18m. The depth to water level

ranges from 5m to 20mbgl. Yield of wells ranges from 6 to 200m3/day. Thickness of water

column ranges from 0.50m to 9,0m. Sp capacity of dug wells ranges from 0.074 to

0.138m3/min/m and optimum yield varies from 0.026 to 0.073 m

3/min

Amygdoloidal Basalt: Groundwater in amygdoloidal Basalt occurs near Gandher, Nagdela and

Chokhi pipli villages. Depth of wells ranges from 7m to 20m. The depth to water level ranges

from 2.5m to 17m bgl. Yield of wells ranges from 23 to 300m3/day. Thickness of water column

ranges from 1m to 3.5m. Sp capacity of dug wells is of the order of 0.089m3/min/m and optimum

yield is 0.027m3/min.

Groundwater in Unconsolidated Sediments

Alluvium: Alluvium occurs overlying the weathered hard rock formation. It has limited

thickness and aerial extension. It is confined to riverbeds and riverbanks. The depth to water

level is less than 10m bgl near river courses but exceeds 25m in other areas.

4.3.1.2 AQUIFER TYPES


81

The area has been found to be occupied by thin layer of black colour silty soil followed by

limestone & at some places shale also occur. Ground water generally occur in water table

conditions and is transmitted through the fractures, joints, bedding planes and solution

cavities of limestone and fracture and cleavage plane of shale.

4.3.1.3 GEOMORPHOLOGY & DRAINAGE

Geomorphologically, the district has been divided into eight geomorphic units namely

structural plain, structural hills, structural ridge and valley, denudational ridge and valley,

plain and plateau on Deccan Trap (DT), highly dissected pediment and dissected pediment.

The pediment area are seen in the western part where as structural plain (on the Vidhyans) are

present in the eastern part, Two hydrological domain (of fissured formation on hilly area)

with ground water potential ranging from <1 to 5LPS. Natural Hazard includes mainly water

erosion which is moderate, severe and very severe in the district. Geomorphological Map of

the district is presented in Figure No. 4.6.The district is characterized by undulating

topography. The western, southern and northern parts are generally plain area. Hills are

scattered in Chhoti Sadri, Bari Sadri and Pratapgarh tehsils. Hill ranges towards east of

Chittaurgarh town runs north-south with intervening valleys parallel to each other.

Chittaurgarh and Pratapgarh tehsils are partly hilly and partly plain. The district has the

regional slope from south to north. The height varies from 317m to 617m,amsl. Pal khera hill

is the highest, having height of 617m.

Fig No: 4.8 Geomorphology & Geohydrology Map of Chittorgarh


82

Fig No 4.9 Drainage Pattern Map


83

Fig No 4.10 Hydrology of Chittorgarh district

Figure No-4.11 Depth to water level in Chittorgarh district


84

4.3.2 WATER QUALITY

The selected water quality parameters of ground water and surface water within 10 km radius of the

study area have been studied for assessing the hydrological environment to evaluate anticipated

impact of the mine. The purpose of the study is to:-

Assess the water quality characteristics for critical parameters;

Evaluate the impact on agricultural productivity, habitat conditions recreational resources and

aesthetics in the vicinity; and

Predict the likely impacts on water quality due to the project and related activities.

4.3.3 WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS

Five groundwater samples were collected as grab samples separating the whole study area and were

analyzed for various parameters. The monitoring is done during the post- monsoon season

i.e.October-November-December‟2013.

The analyzed results were compared with the standards for drinking water as per IS: 10500:2012. The

water sampling locations are listed below in Table 4.8 & Monitoring results in Table 4.9.

Table 4.8 Water Sampling Locations

S.

No. Area Description Sample Code


lease area


lease area

1 Core Zone

A Bhagal WQ1 0.2 North West

B Gumanpura WQ2 0.3 North

2 Buffer Zone

A Khempura WQ3 8.3 West

B Sonla ka khera WQ4 5.1 South

C Gadri khera WQ5 8.2 East

4.3.4 MONITORING RESULTS

Table 4.9 Water Monitoring Results

Parameter Requirement

(Desirable Limit)

(As per BIS

10500:2012)

Permissible

limit in the

Absence of

Alternate

source (As per

BIS

10500:2012)

Location and Source of Water Sample

GW1 (GW2) (GW3) (GW4) (GW5)

Bhagal Gumanpura Khempura Sonla Ka

Khera

Gadri

Khera

Colour 5 15 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.1 <1.1

Odour Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

Taste Agreeable - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

Turbidity 1 5 <1.1 <1.0 <1.0 <1.2 <1.0

pH value 6.5-8.5 - 7.31 7.36 7.68 7.36 7.33

Total dissolve solid

( TDS)

500 2000 896.2 1114.0 1121 1012.1 1114.5

Aluminum (as Al) 0.03 0.2 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Total Ammonia 0.5 No Relaxation BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Anionic surface

Detergents(as

MBAS)

0.2 1.0 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL


85

Barium (as Ba) 0.7 No Relaxation BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Boron (as B) 0.5 1.0 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.2

Calcium (as Ca) 75 200 41.32 39.8 39.8 37.6 41.52

Chloramines (as

Cl2)

4.0 No Relaxation BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Chloride (as Cl) 250 1000 318.40 355.50 374.65 152.54 25.36

Copper (as Cu) 0.05 1.5 <0.04 <0.05 <0.06 <0.05 <0.03

Fluoride (as F) 1.0 1.5 0.68 0.68 0.64 0.73 0.71

Free Residual

Chlorine

0.2 1.0 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Iron (as Fe) 0.3 No Relaxation 0.14 0.20 0.17 0.13 0.094

Magnesium (as

Mg)

30 100 12.93 2.92 12.97 12.94 12.96

Manganese (as Mn) 0.1 0.3 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Nitrate (as NO3) 45 No Relaxation 8.21 13.25 3.24 11.25 9.24

Selenium (as Se) 0.01 No Relaxation <0.02 <0.01 <0.02 <0.01 <0.03

Silver (as Ag) 0.1 No Relaxation BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Sulphate (as SO4) 200 400 5.37 5.36 25.31 5.33 17.34

Sulphide(as H2S) 0.05 No Relaxation BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Alkalinity ( as Ca

CO3)

200 600 46.30 46.0 66.1 46.4 48.36

Total Hardness (as

CaCO3)

200 600 58.29 48.0 39.9 48.2 50.24

Zinc (as Zn) 5.0 15 0.092 0.098 1.15 0.68 0.094

Cadmium (as Cd) 0.003 No Relaxation BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Cyanide (as CN) 0.05 No Relaxation BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Lead ( as Pb) 0.01 No Relaxation BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Mercury (as Hg) 0.001 No Relaxation BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Nickel (as Ni) 0.02 No Relaxation BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Arsenic (as As) 0.01 0.05 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Total Chromium

(as Cr)

0.05 No Relaxation BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

E.Coli -- -- Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

Coliform -- -- Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

Source: Environmental Monitoring Report

BDL: Below Detection limit.

4.3.5 RESULT & CONCLUSIONS

The analysis results indicate that the pH ranges from 7.31 to 7.68 of study area. The TDS (Total

Dissolved Solids) was found in the range 896.2 mg/L to 1121.0 mg/ L. It is seen that the physico-

chemical analysis of other parameters like chloride, calcium, magnesium, nitrate and fluoride were

found within desirable limit of IS (10500:2012).


86

Fig No 4.12 Photographs showing water sampling

4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT

In order to identify the background air quality data and also represent the interference from various

local activities, screening techniques have been used for identification of air quality stations in the

study area. Ambient air quality of the study area has been assessed through a network of 5 AAQ

locations.

4.4.1 METEOROLOGY

Air borne pollutants are dispersed by atmospheric motion. Knowledge of these motions, which range

in scale from turbulent diffusion to long-range transport by weather systems, is essential to simulate

such dispersion and quality of impacts of air pollution on the environment. Meteorology influences

the way air pollution is dispersed, including wind direction and wind speed, type of terrain and

heating effects The purpose of REIA provides an opportunity to identify and compute the short term

maximum pollutant concentrations likely to encounter at fixed locations (Know as the receptor), due

to the given sources (locations and rates of emission known), under the prevailing site specific

atmospheric conditions. Meteorology data has been collected from the IMD Jaipur for Udaipur

station.

4.4.2 CLIMATOLOGY

The climate of Chittorgarh is generally dry being hilly terrain. The average temperature during

summer is 41.5oC and during winters it is 25

oC. The annual rainfall is 962 mm. 95% of the annual

rains are experienced during southwest monsoon (June to September).The average rainy days in a

year is about 40 days. The humidity is generally at 20% or low and it is only during southwest

monsoon that humidity goes up to 70%. The wind blows at low velocity except during summer and

monsoon when hard and turbulent winds are experienced. As per the long term climatological

observations the Wind direction is southwest to northeast in summer and winter experience northern

and northwest winds.


87

SEASONS

For the Study area, India Meteorological Department (IMD) broadly divides the year into four

seasons given below:

Season Months

Winter Janurary to February

Pre-monsoon March to May

Monsoon June to September

Post Monsoon October to December

4.4.3 SITE SPECIFIC MICRO METROLOGICAL DATA

The micro metrological data was collected from IMD, Chittorgarh. The percentage frequencies of

wind in 16 directions have been computed from the IMD data of the study period October-

November-December 2013 (Post Monsoon). The summary of the metrological data is given below in

table 4.10

Table 4.10 Micro meteorological data for the study period

Month Temp (°C) Relative Humidity (%) Rainfall

(in mm)

Average wind

speed m/s Max Min. 08:30 hrs. 17:30 hrs

October 2013 34.6 15.8 49-68 % 19-33% 0.0 1.33

November 2013 30.6 10.1 56-82% 24-37% 0.0 1.21

December 2013 29.9 7.6 30-85% 19-70% 0.0 1.18

4.4.4 WIND ROSE

A wind rose is a graphic tool used by meteorologist to give a succinct view of how wind speed and

direction are typically distributed at a particular location. Wind velocity is a measure of wind speed

and direction. It is one of the most important meteorological parameters and governs dispersion,

diffusion and transportation of pollutants to the atmosphere.

Wind rose is the diagrammatic representation of wind speed in a specified direction with its arms

representing sixteen direction, each arms give a clear frequency distribution of wind speed in a

particular direction for a given period of time. The percentage frequencies of wind in 16 directions

have been computed from the recorded data during the study period (Oct-Nov-Dec 2013) for 24-

hourly intervals to plot wind rose. The predominant wind direction during this study period is

observed to be blowing from North to SW. Wind speeds during this period average 1.24 m/s. Calm

wind during this period 34.53 %.The summary of wind pattern is given below of the study period.


88

Fig No 4.13 Wind Rose Diagram for (24 Hrs)

Table 4.11 Frequency Distribution (24 hr.)

S.No

Directions /

Wind Classes

(m/s)

0.5 - 2.1 2.1 - 3.6 3.6 - 5.7 5.7 - 8.8 8.8 -

11.1 >= 11.1 Total (%)

1 348.75 - 11.25 6.57298 3.26383 0.09066 0 0 0 9.92297

2 11.25 - 33.75 0.45331 1.35993 0 0 0 0 1.81242

3 33.75 - 56.25 9.06618 10.4714 0.81596 0 0 0 20.3444

4 56.25 - 78.75 0.67996 0.90662 0 0 0 0 1.58586

5 78.75 - 101.25 1.35993 1.63191 0 0 0 0 2.99048

6 101.25 - 123.75 0.54397 0.81596 0 0 0 0 1.35931

7 123.75 - 146.25 0.13599 1.04261 0 0 0 0 1.17807

8 146.25 - 168.75 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

9 168.75 - 191.25 0.27199 1.67724 0 0 0 0 1.94835

10 191.25 - 213.75 0.27199 0.45331 0 0 0 0 0.72497

11 213.75 - 236.25 1.81324 0.54397 0 0 0 0 2.35614

12 236.25 - 258.75 0.13599 0 0 0 0 0 0.13593

13 258.75 - 281.25 7.75159 2.22121 0 0 0 0 9.96828

14 281.25 - 303.75 0.13599 0 0 0 0 0 0.13593

15 303.75 - 326.25 7.84225 3.12783 0 0 0 0 10.9651

16 326.25 - 348.75 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


89

Sub-Total 37.0186 27.5034 0.90621 0 0 0 65.4282

Calms 34.5265

Missing/Incomplete 0.04531

Total 100

4.4.5 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (AAQ)

Prevailing air environment i.e. base line conditions in an area is primarily governed by the different

activities going on in that area including industrial, agricultural, domestic and commercial activities.

The pollutant concentrations in the atmosphere is also governed by the meteorology, topography,

natural settings in terms of plantation, forest cover, vegetation etc. as these factors in combination

with each other are responsible for dispersion, diffusion, transportation and assimilation of pollutants

in the local air shed.

i METHOD OF MONITORING

The Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has published comprehensive document on emission

testing regulations (“Emission Regulations Part-3, 1985). There are a number of useful additional

procedures and expressions that are of relevance to measurement of stack emissions, which are

recommended to supplement the CPCB procedures.

ii. FREQUENCY AND PARAMETERS FOR SAMPLING

The ambient air monitoring was carried out at the frequency of two days per week at all locations

during one complete season.

Table No.4.12 Monitored parameters and frequency of sampling

Parameters Sampling Frequency

PM10 24 hourly sample twice a week

PM2.5 24 hourly sample twice a week

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) 24 hourly samples twice a week

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) 24 hourly samples twice a week

Carbon Monoxide (CO) 8 hourly sample twice a week

4.4.6 AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS

The baseline status of the air quality in the study area was assessed though a scientifically designed

ambient air quality monitoring network. The selection of monitoring network was based on the

following aspects:

a) Topography / terrain of the study area

b) Populated area within the study area

c) Residential and sensitive areas within the study area.

d) Magnitude of the surrounding industries.

e) Representation of regional background levels.

Table 4.13 Location of air monitoring stations

S.

No. Area Description

Sample

Code

Distance from

Mining lease

area

Direction from

Mining lease

area

Classified

Area


90

1 Core Zone

A Bhagal AAQ1 0.2 North West Rural

B Gumanpura AAQ2 0.3 North Rural

2 Buffer Zone

A Khempur AAQ3 8.3 West Rural

B Sonla ka khera AAQ4 5.1 South Rural

C Gadri khera AAQ5 8.2 East Rural

4.4.7 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR AIR QUALITY MONITORING

Table 4.14 Methods adopted for PM10, PM2.5 SO2, NOX & CO

S. No. Parameters Instrument Method Method of Analysis

1. PM10 Respirable Dust

Sampler and High

Volume air

sampler

BIS 5182 Part 23

(Average flow rate

not to be less than 1.1

m3/ minute)

Gravimetric

2 PM2.5 Fine Particulate

Matter APM

-- Gravimetric

3. Sulphur

Dioxide

Respirable Dust

Sampler and High

Volume air

sampler

BIS 5182 Part II-

1969

Improved West &

Gaeke method

(Pararosaniline

method)

Calorimetric

Ultraviolet

fluorescence

4. Nitrogen

Oxides

Respirable Dust

Sampler and High

Volume air

sampler

BIS 5182 Part VI-

Jacob & Hochheiser

modified (na-

Arsentine method)

Calorimetric

Gas phase

Chemiluminescence

5. Carbon

Monoxide

By Electro

Chemical Sensor

IS 5182 Part-10 Non Depressive

Infrared (NDIR)

Spectroscopy.

Table No 4.15 Summary of Air Quality Monitoring Results

S.N

o

Pollutant Location No of

Observation

Maxim

um

Minimum Average 98th

Percentile

CPCB

Standard

1 PM10

(μg/m3)

Bhagal 24 72.15 48.57 60.27 71.58 100

Gumanpura 72.54 48.57 60.65 71.58

Khempur 72.54 48.57 60.89 71.69

Sonla ka khera 72.58 48.65 60.43 71.69

Gadri khera 72.59 48.57 60.46 71.59

1 PM2.5

(μg/m3)

Bhagal 24 40.58 24.69 32.64 31.58 60

Gumanpura 40.12 20.14 30.13 31.41

Khempur 40.21 20.69 30.45 31.08

Sonla ka khera 40.12 20.36 30.24 29.45

Gadri khera 40.21 20.01 30.11 31.44

2 SO2 Bhagal 24 16.54 10.25 13.53 16.22 80


91

4.4.8 RESULT AND CONCLUSION

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring reveals that the concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2 &

CO for all the 5 AAQM stations were found within prescribed Limit. Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring reveals that the concentrations of PM10 for all the 5 AAQM stations were found

between 48.57 to 72.59μg/m3. PM2.5 value found between 20.01 to 40.58 μg/m

3.

As far as the gaseous pollutants SO2 and NO2 are concerned, the prescribed CPCB limit of

80μg/m3 has never surpassed at any station. The concentrations of SO2 were found in range of

10.24 to 16.59μg/m3. The concentrations of NO2 were found in range of 18.01 to

25.98μg/m3.The Concentration of CO were found in range of 0.51 to 0.54mg/m

3.

4.4.9 MINERALOGICAL COMPOSITION FOR PM10

RSPM is “defined as the component of inhaled respirable dust small enough to reach the

pulmonary or alveolar region of the lung”.

Table 4.16 Mineralogical composition of PM10, Post Monsoon season 2013

4.5

NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise can be defined as an unwanted sound. The acoustic environment varies dynamically in

magnitude and character throughout in most communities. The noise level variation can be temporal,

spatial. It interferes with speech and hearing and is intense enough to damage hearing or is otherwise

annoying. The definition of noise as unwanted sound implies that it has an adverse effect on human

beings and their environment. Noise can also disturb natural wildlife and ecological system. Sound is

mechanical energy from a vibrating surface, transmitted by cyclic series of compression and

rarefaction of molecules of the materials through which it passes. Sound can be transmitted through

(μg/m3) Gumanpura 16.58 10.24 13.5 16.34

Khempur 16.59 10.58 13.53 16.25

Sonla ka khera 16.54 10.54 13.54 16.25

Gadri khera 16.59 10.51 13.60 16.38

3 NO2

(μg/m3)

Bhagal 24 24.99 18.01 21.97 24.91 80

Gumanpura 25.98 19.58 22.62 25.87

Khempur 25.36 19.85 22.63 25.16

Sonla ka khera 25.66 19.54 22.55 25.45

Gadri khera 25.61 19.57 22.63 25.46

4 CO

(mg/m3)

Bhagal 8 0.54 0.51 0.53 0.54 2

Gumanpura 0.53 0.51 0.52 0.53

Khempur 0.53 0.51 0.52 0.53

Sonla ka khera 0.53 0.51 0.52 0.53

Gadri khera 0.53 0.51 0.52 0.53

Location Sampling

Stations

Free Silica µg/m3

Min Max Avg

Bhagal AAQ1 26.77 53.18 39.97

Gumanpura AAQ2 26.22 57.49 41.82

Khempur AAQ3 26.22 47.15 36.68

Sonla ka khera AAQ4 26.27 47.17 36.72

Gadri khera AAQ5 26.22 47.18 36.7


92

gases, liquids and solids. The number of compressions and refractions of the air molecules in the unit

of time is described as its frequency.

4.5.1 INSTRUMENT USED FOR SAMPLING AND MONITORING

Instant Sound Level Meter (SLM) is used for the collection of data related to noise at an interval of

one hour. The day noise levels have been monitored during 6:00 AM to 10:00 PM and night noise

levels during 10:00 PM to 6:00 AM at all the locations covered in the study area.

Measured noise level displayed as a function of time provides a useful scheme for describing the

acoustical climate of a community. Noise levels recorded at each station are computed for equivalent

noise levels. Equivalent noise level is a single number descriptor for describing time varying noise

levels.

4.5.2 NOISE QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS

The hourly Leq noise levels recorded at five locations in the study area show considerable

fluctuations because of changes in traffic movement, commercial and domestic activities in the study

area. Table No 4.17 shows the Noise Quality Monitoring Locations.

Table No. 4.17 Location of monitoring stations

S.

No. Area Description

Sample

Code

Distance from

Mining lease

area

Direction from

Mining lease

area

Classified

Area

1 Core Zone

A

Bhagal (Near Rajiv

Gandhi Seva Kendra )

NQ1

0.2

North West Residential

B

Gumanpura (Near

govt. Secondary

School )

NQ2

0.3

North Silence

2 Buffer Zone

A Khempura (Near Bus

Stand ) NQ3 8.3 West

Commercial

B Sonla ka khera (Near

Govt. Hospital ) NQ4

5.1 South

Silence

C

Gadri Khera (Near

Govt. secondary

School )

NQ5

8.2

East

Silence

Table No: 4.18 Noise Quality Monitoring Results

Sampling

code Name of the location

Noise levels dB(A)

Leq day

(6.0 AM TO 10.0 PM)

Leq night

(10.0 PM TO 6.0 AM)

NQ1 Bhagal 42.1 35.2

NQ2 Gumanpura 42.1 34.2

NQ3 Khempura 54.2 42.8

NQ4 Sonla ka khera 45.8 37.1

NQ5 Gadri khera 42.3 34.6

4.5.3 RESULTS AND CONCLUSIONS


93

Generally noise levels in public places like temples and community hall have higher values in day

time. In the study area higher Noise value of 54.2 dB (A) was recorded during day time in Khempura

(Near Bus Stand) & lower Noise value of 34.2 dB (A) was recorded during night time in village

Gumanpura (Near govt. Secondary School).

A) Day time Noise Levels (Leqday)

The daytime (Leqday) noise levels are observed to be in the range of 42.1 to 54.2 dB(A).

B) Night time Noise Levels (Leqnight)

The nighttime (Leqnight) Noise levels are observed to be in the range of 34.2 to 42.8 dB (A).

Table No: 4.19 Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise

Area Code Category of Area / Zone Limits in dB(A) Leq*

Day Time Night Time

A Industrial area 75 70

B Commercial area 65 55

C Residential area 55 45

D Silence Zone 50 40

4.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

An ecological study of the ecosystem is essential to understand the impact of industrialization

and urbanization on existing flora and fauna of the study area. Studies on various aspects of

ecosystem play an important role in identifying sensitive issues for under taking appropriate

action to mitigate the impact, if any. The biological study was under taken as a part of the

REIA study report to understand the present status of ecosystem prevailing in the study area,

to compare it with past condition with the help of available data, to predict changes in the

biological environment as a result of present activities and to suggest measures for

maintaining its health. A survey was conducted to study the flora & fauna in 10 km radius.

Some of the information was gathered from the local habitants. All the collected data were

classified to interpret the impact of pollution on the flora and fauna of that region. Survey of

the wild plants as well as cultivated crop plants was made and all the available information

was recorded.

Table No 4.20 Methods used for sampling of flora and fauna

Taxa Sampling Methods

Plants Quadrate sampling and enumeration Butterflies Transect, Visual encounter survey Amphibians Visual encounter survey (search) Reptiles Visual encounter survey (search) Birds Point count, opportunistic observation Mammals Tracks and signs, and visual encounter survey

4.6.1 ENDANGERED/ THREATENED/ ENDEMIC ANIMALS

Faunal studies were also conducted during the Oct-Dec 2013. No such species were observed

during the survey of the study area. One schedule I (IWPA 1972) species i.e. Indian Peafowl

(Pavo Cristatus) (direct evidence) was recorded in the buffer zone of the study area.

Conservation plan for schedule I species with the help of forest department is given in below.

Few forests pateches found within 10 km radius of the mine lease boundary. The list is given


94

below Table No 4.21

Forest Patches Distance from lease area



R.F. dense mixed jungle 7.8 km towards North-East

Except the above said Reserved Forest, there is no Wildlife Sanctuary, National Park, Wildlife

Corridors, Tiger/Elephant Reserves falling within the study area (10 km radius area of the lease area)

4.6.2 FLORA IN CORE ZONE

A general floral survey was carried out in the study area. The plant species found in the area are

mentioned below.

Table 4.21 List of tree species recorded in the core area

S. No. Vernacular Name Scientific name Family

1 Babool Acacia nilotica Fabaceae (Mimosoideae)

2 Ardu Ailanthus excelsa Simaroubaceae

3 Siris Albizia lebbeck Mimosaceae

4 Dhok Anogeissus pendula Combretaceae

5 Neem Azadirachta indica Meliaceae

6 Dhak Butea monosperma Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

7 Gulmohar Delonix regia Caesalpiniaceae

8 Imli Tamarindus indica Fabaceae (Leguminosae)

9 Jungal jalebi Pithecellobium dulce Fabaceae

10 Safeda/ Sugandhapatra Eucalyptus globolus Myrtaceae

Table No 4.22 List of shrubs

S.No. Vernacular Name Scientific name Family

1. Champa Plumeria alba Apocynaceae

2. Aakra Calotropis gigantea Asclepiadaceae

3. Aak Calotropis procera Asclepiadaceae

4. Kair Capparis decidua Capparaceae

5. Vilayati babool Prosopis juliflora Mimosaceae

Table No 4.23 List of herbs


1 Kala bhangra Anisomeles indica Lamiaceae

2 Jangli chaulai Amaranthus spinosus Amaranthaceae

3 Latjira Achyranthes aspera subsp.

argentea

Amaranthaceae


95

4 Ban Tulsi Croton bonplandianum Euphorbiaceae

5 Kachari Cucumis melo ssp. agrestis Cucurbitaceae

6 Dhatura Datura metel Solanaceae

7 Ashvagandha Withania somnifera Solanaceae

8 Badi Dudhi Euphorbia hirta Euphorbiaceae

9 Sunflower Helianthus annus Asteraceae

10 Gokhru Parthenium hysterophorus Asteraceae

(Compositae)

Table No 4.24 List of Grasses

S. No Name of the grass Botanical Name Family

1 Small stink grass Eragrostis minor Poaceae

2 Bristle grass Aristida adscensionis Poaceae

3 Jhuhi ghas Alysicarpus monilifer Fabaceae

4 Jangli-jowar Sorghum halepense Poaceae

5 Panghas Eragrostis japonica Poaceae

4.6.3 FAUNA IN CORE ZONE

Table No 4.25 List of Avifauna

S.No. Vernacular Name Scientific name Family Schedule

1. Baya weaver Ploceus philippinus Ploceidae Schedule IV

2. Green bee-eater Merops orientalis Meropidae No mention

3. Variable wheatear Oenanthe picata sub

sp. opistholeuca

Muscicapidae No mention

4. White-throated

kingfisher

Halcyon smyrnensis Alcedinidae Schedule IV

5. House swift Apus affinis sub sp.

affinis

Apodidae No mention

6. Rock Pigeon Columba livia Columbidae Schedule IV

7. Red Collared dove Streptopelia

tranquebarica

Columbidae Schedule IV

8. Little egret Egretta garzetta Ardeidae Schedule IV

Table No 4.26 List of Mammals


1 Five stripped palm

squirrel

Funambulus pennantii Sciuridae Schedule IV

2 Common House rat Rattus rattus Muridae Schedule V

3 Indian field mouse Mus booduga Muridae Schedule V

Table No 4.27 List of Reptiles



96

1 Common House

Gecko

Hemidactylus frenatus Gekkonidae No mention

2 Oriental Garden

Lizard

Calotes versicolor Agamidae No mention

Table No 4.28 List of butterflies


1 Common Grass

Yellow

Eurema hecabe Pieridae -

2 Lime Butterfly Papilio polymnestor Papilionidae -


4.6.4 FLORA IN BUFFER ZONE

Table No 4.29 List of trees


Trees

1 Ronjh Acacia leucopholea Fabaceae (Mimosoideae)

2 Babool Acacia nilotica Fabaceae (Mimosoideae)

3 Ardu Ailanthus excelsa Simaroubaceae

4 Siris Albizia lebbeck Mimosaceae

5 Dhok Anogeissus pendula Combretaceae

6 Neem Azadirachta indica Meliaceae

7 Dhak Butea monosperma Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

8 Kassod Cassia siamea Caesalpiniaceae

9 Amaltash Cassia fistula Caesalpiniaceae

10 Shesham Dalbergia sissoo Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

11 Lasoda Cordia dichotoma Boraginaceae

12 Gulmohar Delonix regia Caesalpiniaceae

13 Bargad Ficus benghalensis Moraceae

14 Pipal Ficus religiosa Moraceae

15 Kankera Maytenus emarginata Celastraceae

16 Shahtoot Morus alba Moraceae

17 Khajoor Phoenix sylvestris Arecaceae (Palmae)

18 Ashok Polyalthia longifolia Annonaceae

19 Karanj Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

20 Khejari Prosopis cineraria Mimosaceae

21 Imli Tamarindus indica Fabaceae (Leguminosae)

22 Rohida Tecomella undulata Bignoniaceae

23 Ber Ziziphus mauritiana Rhamnaceae

24 Jungal jalebi Pithecellobium dulce Fabaceae

25 Safeda/ Sugandhapatra Eucalyptus globolus Myrtaceae

26 Sitafal Annona squamosa Annonaceae


97


27 Mahua Madhuca indica Sapotaceae

28 Tendu patta Diospyros melanoxylon Ebenaceae

Table No 4.30 List of shrubs


1 Aakra Calotropis gigantea Asclepiadaceae

2 Aak Calotropis procera Asclepiadaceae

3 Kair Capparis decidua Capparaceae

4 Behaya Ipomoea carnea Convolvulaceae

5 Kaner Nerium oleander Apocynaceae

6 Nag phani Opuntia elatior Cactaceae

7 Vilayati babool Prosopis juliflora Mimosaceae

8 Arandi Ricinus communis Euphorbiaceae

9 Kans Saccharum spontaneum Poaceae

10 Munja Saccharum munja Poaceae

11 Jharberi Ziziphus nummularia Rhamnaceae

12 Champa Plumeria alba Apocynaceae

Table No 4.31 List of herbs

Herbs


1 Bui Aerva tomentosa Amaranthaceae

2 Pili Kantili Argemone mexicana Papaveraceae

3 Kala bhangra Anisomeles indica Lamiaceae

4 Jangli chaulai Amaranthus spinosus Amaranthaceae

5 Latjira Achyranthes aspera subsp. argentea Amaranthaceae

6 Latjira Achyranthes aspera subsp.

Porphyristachya

Amaranthaceae

7 Muktajhuri Acalypha indica Euphorbiaceae

8 Punarnava Boerhavia diffusa Nyctaginaceae

9 Purple-Leaf Button

Weed

Borreria ocymoides Rubiaceae

10 Survali Celosia argentea Amaranthaceae

11 Chitraa Citrullus colocynthis Cucurbitaceae

12 Jakhiya, Safed hulhul Cleome gynandra Cleomaceae

13 Kankus Commelina forskaleii Commelinaceae

14 Ban Tulsi Croton bonplandianum Euphorbiaceae

15 Kachari Cucumis melo ssp. agrestis Cucurbitaceae

16 Dhatura Datura metel Solanaceae

17 Latmahuria Digera muricata Amaranthaceae

18 Motha Cyperus rotundus Cyperaceae

19 Unthkanta Echinops echinatus Asteraceae


98

20 Oldman's Cap Polycarpaea corymbosa Caryophyllaceae

21 Gulpankhi Polygala erioptera Polygalaceae

22 Laptuna Setaria verticillata Poaceae (Gramineae)

23 Khareti Sida rhombifolia Malvaceae

24 Asiatic witchweed Striga asiatica Scrophulariaceae

25 Marigold Tagetes minuta Asteraceae

26 Yellow Bell Tecoma gaudichaudi Bignoniaceae

27 Sarphonk Tephrosia purpurea Fabaceae

(Papilionaceae)

28 Sarapunkha Tephrosia villosa Fabaceae

(Papilionaceae)

29 Peeli Kaner Thevetia peruviana Apocynaceae

30 Ashvagandha Withania somnifera Solanaceae

31 Badi Dudhi Euphorbia hirta Euphorbiaceae

32 Sunflower Helianthus annus Asteraceae

33 Gokhru Indigofera cordifolia Fabaceae

(Papilionaceae)

34 Nili Indigofera linnaei Fabaceae

(Papilionaceae)

35 Panchpatia Ipomoea pes-tigridis Convolvulaceae

36 Raimuniya Lantana camera Verbenaceae

37 Tikiokra Melochia corchorifolia Sterculiaceae

38 Jharasi Mollugo pentaphylla Molluginaceae

39 shankhapushpi Evolvulus alsinoides Convolvulaceae

40 Rusty sedge Fimbristylis falcata Cyperaceae

41 Dudhi Sonchus oleraceus Asteraceae

42 Damanpaper Oldenlandia corymbosa Rubiaceae

43 Gajar Ghas Parthenium hysterophorus Asteraceae

(Compositae)

44 Bada gokhru Pedalium murex Pedaliacae

45 Bilari Mukia maderaspatana Cucurbitaceae

46 Shankhpushpi Convolvulus pluricaulis Convolvulaceae

. Table No 4.32 List of Grasses

Grasses

S. No Name of the grass Botanical Name Family

1 Jhuhi ghas Alysicarpus monilifer Fabaceae

2 Bristle grass Aristida adscensionis Poaceae

3 Doob ghas Cynodon dactylon Poaceae

4 Sheda Grass Dichanthium annulatum Poaceae

5 Makra Dactyloctenium aegyptium Poaceae

6 Panghas Eragrostis japonica Poaceae


99

7 Small stink grass Eragrostis minor Poaceae

8 Chinese Love Grass Eragrostis unioloides Poaceae

9 Asian crab grass Digitaria bicornis Poaceae

10 Jangli-jowar Sorghum halepense Poaceae

11 Okrich (Mauritania). Sporobolus helvolus Poaceae

12 Thread Sprangletop Leptochloa panicea Poaceae

13 Indian Cupscale Grass Sacciolepis indica Poaceae

4.6.5 FAUNA IN THE BUFFER ZONE

Table No 4.33 List of Avifauna


1 Red-wattled lapwing Vanellus cinereus Charadriidae No mention

2 Baya weaver Ploceus philippinus Ploceidae Schedule IV

3 Variable wheatear Oenanthe picata sub sp.

Opistholeuca

Muscicapidae No mention

4 Grey francolin Francolinus pondicerianus Phasianidae Schedule IV

5 Common hoopoe Upupa epops Upupidae No mention

6 Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis Coraciidae Schedule IV

7 White-throated kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis Alcedinidae Schedule IV

8 Green bee-eater Merops orientalis Meropidae No mention

9 Pied cuckoo Clamator jacobinus Cuculidae Schedule IV

10 Lesser coucal Centropus bengalensis Cuculidae Schedule IV

11 House swift Apus affinis sub sp. affinis Apodidae No mention

12 Rock Pigeon Columba livia Columbidae Schedule IV

13 Laughing dove Streptopelia senegalensis Columbidae Schedule IV

14 Indian peafowl Pavo cristatus Phasianidae Schedule I

15 Large grey babbler Turdoides malcolmi Timaliinae Schedule IV

16 Jungle babbler Turdoides striatus Timaliinae Schedule IV

17 Intermediate egret Mesophoyx intermedia Ardeidae Schedule IV

18 Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis Ardeidae Schedule IV

19 Long-tailed shrike Lanius schach Laniidae No mention

20 Southern grey shrike Lanius meridionalis Laniidae No mention

21 House crow Corvus splendens Corvidae Schedule V

22 Black drongo Dicrurus macrocercus Dicruridae Schedule IV

23 White-bellied drongo Dicrurus caerulescens Dicruridae Schedule IV

24 Indian robin Saxicoloided fulicata Turdinae No mention

25 Brahminy starling Sturnus pagodarum Sturnidae Schedule IV

26 Asian Pied starling Sturnus contra Sturnidae Schedule IV

27 Common myna Acridotheres tristis Sturnidae Schedule IV

28 Bank myna Acridotheres ginginianus Sturnidae Schedule IV

29 Wire-tailed swallow Hirundo smithii Hirundinidae No mention

30 Red-rumped swallow Hirundo daurica Hirundinidae No mention


100


31 Red-whishered bulbul Pycnonotus jocosus Pycnonotidae Schedule IV

32 White-eared bulbul Pycnonotus leucotis Pycnonotidae Schedule IV

33 Red-vented bulbul Pycnonotus cafer Pycnonotidae Schedule IV

34 Large grey babbler Turdoides malcolmi Timaliinae Schedule IV

List of mammals

1 Five stripped palm squirrel Funambulus pennantii Sciuridae Schedule IV

2 Common House rat Rattus rattus Muridae Schedule V

3 Grey Musk Shrew Suncus murinus Soricidae -

4 Indian Hare Lepus nigricollis Leporidae Schedule IV

5 Indian field mouse Mus booduga Muridae Schedule V

6 Nilgai Boselaphus tragocamelus Bovidae Schedule III

List of Reptiles

1 Common House Gecko Hemidactylus frenatus Gekkonidae No mention

2 Oriental Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor Agamidae No mention

3 Yellow-Bellied House

Gecko

Hemidactylus flaviviridis Agamidae No mention

4 Indian sand boa Eryx johnii Boidae Schedule IV

5 Indian Bullfrog Hoplobatrachus tigerinus Ranidae No mention

6 Plain Orange Tip Colitis eucharis Pieridae -

7 Yellow Orange Tip Lxias pyrene Pieridae -

8 Common Rose Atrophaneura aristolochiae Papilionidae -

List of Butterflies

1 Common Jay Graphium doson Papilionidae -

2 Crimson Rose Pachliopta hector Papilionidae -


4 Striped Tiger Danaus genutia Nymphalidae -

5 Plain Tiger Danaus chrysippus Nymphalidae -

6 Common Crow Euploea core Nymphalidae -

7 Common Grass Yellow Eurema hecabe Pieridae -

Mangifera indica L(Aam) Delonix regia (Gulmohar)


101

Pleumeria alba (Champa) Cassia fistula (Amaltas)

Fig No 4.15 Photographs of Trees

4.6.6 CONSERVATION PLAN FOR SCHEDULE-I SPECIES PEACOCK (Pavo cristatus,

Linnaeus, 1758)

CONSERVATION PLAN FOR SCHEDULE-I SPECIES PEACOCK (Pavo cristatus,

Linnaeus, 1758)

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Peacock or Indian peafowl (Pavo cristatus) is a familiar and universally known large pheasant.

It is the National bird of Indian. The term “Peacock” is commonly used to refer to birds of both

sexes. Technically, males of are Peacock, females are peahens and together they are called

peafowl. The male has a spectacular glossy green long tail feathers that may be more than 60

percent of the birds total body length. These feathers have blue, golden green and copper

colored a celli (eyes). The long tail feathers are used for mating rituals like courtship displays.

The feathers are arched into a magnificent shape across the back of the bird and almost

touching on both sides. Females do not have these graceful tail feathers. They have the fan like

crest with whitish face and throat, chestnut brown crown and hind neck, metallic green upper

breast and mantle, white belly and brown back rump and tail. Their primaries are dark brown.

A detailed biological survey of the core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius from periphery of

the mining lease) was carried out giving details of flora and fauna. However, peacock which is

in schedule-I of the wild life (protection) Act 1972 is found in the study area.

STATUS This bird was recognized under Schedule-I species of Wild Life Protection Act in 1972 in

India.


102

Table No.: 4.34 Classification of Peacock (Pavo cristatus)

S. NO. CLASSIFICATION DETAILS

1 Kingdom Animalia

2 Phylum Chordata

3 Class Aves

4 Order Galliformes

5 Family Phasianidae

6 Genus Pavo

7 Species Pavo cristatus

8 Vernacular Name Peacock

Description: The male Indian Peafowl, commonly known as the peacock, is one of the most

recognizable birds in the world. These large, brightly colored birds have a distinctive crest and an

unmistakable ornamental train. The train (1.4-1.6 m in length) accounts for more than 60% of their

total body length (2.3 m). Combined with a large wingspan (1.4-1.6 m), this train makes the male

peafowl one of the largest flying birds in the world. The train is formed by 100-150 highly

specialized upper tail-coverts. Each of these feathers sports an ornamental ocellus, or eye-spot, and

has long disintegrated barbs, giving the feathers a loose, fluffy appearance. When displaying to a

female, the peacock erects this train into a spectacular fan, displaying the ocelli to their best

advantage. The more subtly colored female Peafowl is mostly brown above with a white belly. Her

ornamentation is limited to a prominent crest and green neck feathers. Though females 2.75-4.0kg)

weigh nearly as much as the males (4.0-6.0 kg), they rarely exceed 1.0 meter in total body length.

HABITAT

The Indian Peafowl is found mainly on the ground in open forest or on land under cultivation

where they forage for berries, grains but will also prey on snakes, lizards, and small rodents. Their


103

loud calls make them easy to detect, and in forest areas often indicate the presence of a predator

such as a tiger. They forage on the ground in small groups and will usually try to escape on foot

through undergrowth and avoid flying, though they will fly into tall trees to roost.

REPRODUCTION

Peacocks are polygamous, and the breeding season is spread out but appears to be dependent on the

rains. Peafowl usually reach sexual maturity at the age of 2 to 3 years old. The peak season in

southern India is April to May, January to March in Sri Lanka and June in northern India. The nest is

a shallow scrape in the ground lined with leaves, sticks and other debris. Nests are sometimes placed

on buildings and in earlier times have been recorded using the disused nest platforms of the White-

rumped Vultures. The clutch consists of 4–8 fawn to buff white eggs which are incubated only by the

female. The eggs take about 28 days to hatch. The chicks are nidifugous and follow the mother

around after hatching. Downy young may sometimes climb on their mothers' back and the female

may carry them in flight to a safe tree branch.

PEAFOWL BEHAVIOR

Peacocks are gregarious by nature. In the breeding season they are usually seen in small parties of

one male with three to five females whereas in the non-breeding season they remain in separate

parties of adult males and females with juveniles. Peacock roost in tall trees and emerge from the

dense thickets to feed in fields ad openings in forests and fields.

LIFE CYCLE

Table No.: 4.35 Features of Life Cycle

Call Kee-ow, Kee-ow, Ka-an, Ka-an, Kok-kok, Kok-kok, cain-kok

Breeding April-September

Nest side On ground in undergrowth (wild),

On buildings by semi-feral birds in villages

FOOD HABIT

Peacocks are ground feeders. Indian peafowl‟s do most of their foraging early in the morning

and shortly before sunset. They retreat to the shade and security of the trees for the hottest

portion of the day. They make a meal of grains, berries drupes wild figs and some cultivated

crops. They can also eat insect‟s small reptiles and small mammals.

CONSERVATION AND RELATIONSHIP WITH MAN

The great beauty and popularity of the Indian Peafowl has ensured its protection throughout

most of its native ranges. It is a national bird of India. The Peafowl is prominent in the


104

mythology and folklore of the Indian people. The Hindus consider the bird to be scared

because of its association with Lord Krishna who used to wear its feathers as crown (Mor

Mukut). It is also associated with the God Kartikeya, son of the Lord Shiva and Parvati and

brother of Lord Ganesha. It is “Vaahan” (transport) of Lord Kartikeya. This long and close

association with humans has proven the peafowl‟s adaptability of human- altered landscapes.

In villages where it is protected it becomes quite tame, but it is very shy and secretive where

hunted. Peacock is generally protected by the local people.

CONSERVATION STATUS

Indian Peafowl are widely distributed in the wild across South Asia and protected both

culturally in many areas and by law in India. Indian peafowl is mentioned in Schedule-I of

Wildlife Protection Act 1972, indicates the high conservation value of species. Conservative

estimates of the population put them at more than 100,000. Illegal poaching for meat however

continues and declines have been noted in parts of India. Poaching of peacocks for their meat

and feathers and accidental poisoning by feeding on pesticide treated seeds are known threats

to wild birds. Methods to identify if feathers have been plucked or have been shed naturally

have been developed as Indian law allows the collection of feathers that have been shed.

Extinct Threatened Least Concern

IUCN Others

Wild Life (P) Act Schedule-I

CITES Not Listed

THREATS

Threats to the peacock in the area are:

Shortage of drinking water for the birds during the hot summer days.

Habitat loss, especially the shortage of tall tree in and around the villages for roosting

and for providing shades during hot summer month.

Causalities caused by eating chemically treated agricultural crop seeds.

Legal hunting by some communities.

CONSERVATION PLAN

The role of Peafowl in cropland ecosystem is very crucial, and the damage

done by the bird is negotiable in terms of direct benefits and environmental services. The awareness

CR NT LC EW

VU EN

EX


105

among the farmers will be generated through the formal educational programmes. People respect

Peafowl religiously in many areas there are ethical sentiments towards the bird which supplements

the conservation of species allover India.

ACTION PLAN FOR CONSERVATION OF PEAFOWL

Mapping of habitat and distribution status of the species across the 10 km radius from mining

lease area

Time series analysis of habitat change to quantify the rate of change and identify high risk

areas and potential sites for further affirmative action.

Estimation of population size by established count method such as line transect, call counts

and roost counts.

Intensive ecological investigation in reprehensive sites in major biogeography zone with

focus on the effects of threats in relation to breeding success and survival probability.

Quantification of trade, with details on source and people involved.

CONSERVATION MEASURES

Direct and indirect approach is required to provide effecting conservation, which is suggested

as under:

Increase the tree cover in the buffer area shelter and roosting of peacocks. This will be

achieved by planting of tree groves (a group of trees grows close together, generally without

many bushes or other plants) in buffer area.

Some local species such as Amaltash, Neem, Ardu, Shesham, Sirsi, Palash, Peepal tree etc

will be planted. Planting of tree groves in school compounds in the villages of buffers area as

per the plantation program.

By conducting awareness programs (community and school level) for conservation of

peacocks in the area and also through organizing competitions during “Wildlife Week” and

“Van Mahotsav” celebrations.

Encourage afforestation activities around or close to peafowl habitation. The selection of

plant species will be based on requirements of peafowl roosting, food, shelter.

Some provision of rewards to informers for the control of poaching and illegal trade in

wildlife.

Small water tank/artificial pond should be constructed in habitation zone of Peafowl and its

water quality will be maintained.

Provision of veterinary care and cages for injured and sick/deformed birds.

Suggest strategies to minimize negative impacts of changing environment in nearby area of

peacock population and to promote conservation of peacock habitats.


106

Another way to help preserve the endangered species is to create society dedicated to

ecological ethics. All the conservation measures will be implemented with the help of and in

the consultation of the state forest department Chittorgarh.

With the objective of effectively protecting the wild life and to control poaching, smuggling

and illegal trade in wildlife and its derivatives the government of India enacted Wild Life

(Protection) Act 1972. The act was amended in January 2003 and punishment for offences

under the Act has been made more stringent.

BUDGET FOR CONSERVATION OF PEAFOWL

The total budget for Peafowl conservation will be Rs. 0.75 Lac that will be expenditures in

Plantation of fruits, shady and grasses species, Development of small sacred grooves,

Construction of small water tank/Artificial pond and Training and awareness program.

Table No.: 4.36 TENTATIVE BUDGETS FOR FIVE YEARS

Year Habitat Improvement Awareness

Programme

Total Rs.

Plantation of

fruits, shady and

grasses species

(Rs.)

Artificial

Pond/Water

Tank

Development

Small Sacred

Grooves

I 3,000 6000 5000 1000 15,000

II 3,000 6000 5000 1000 15,000

III 3,000 6000 5000 1000 15,000

IV 3,000 6000 5000 1000 15,000

V 3,000 6000 5000 1000 15,000

Total

in Rs.

15,000 30,000 25,000 5,000 75,000

4.6.4 IMPACT OF MINING ON PLANKTON

The core zone is the river sand bed so there in no vegetation pattern. However Berach River is non

perennial that dries up during the summer season. River is non Perennial River and it runs only in

rainy season and almost dry in summer. Mining is done in dried up river only and plankton is not

found in dried up condition of the water body. Some water bodies of very less dimension and

shallow in depth may be visible in the river bed due to construction of some small check dams in

some part of river big size boulders and exposure of basement rock is also visible. In the buffer zone

of study area other water bodies were found within the radius of 10 km, i.e. Wagli River, Jasshma

Nala and Baram Nala (in Buffer zone). These seasonal water bodies exist as an ecologically

important semi-arid region of Rajasthan. The Berach River and other nadi/ nallas receive water only

in the monsoon season and for the rest period of the years they get dried. A study of plankton is also

carried out in the study area during the study period (October to December 2013).

Table 4.37 List of Plankton

Sr.

No

Planktons


107

1 Phytoplankton Green algal Species:

Chlamydomonas

Eudorina

Volvox

Scenedesmus, Ankistrodesmus

Pediastrum

Other Common species:

Cyanobacteria

Dynoflagelate

Cocolithophores

2 Zooplankton Rotifera:

Brachionus calciflorus

B. caudatus

B.rubens

Keratella tropica

Lecane luna

Asplanchna

Cladocera: Ceriodaphnia corntua, Daphnia carinata

Moina macroscopa

Chydorus ovalis

Copepod:

Acartica centrura

Pseudodiatomous serricaudata Bestiola similis

Protozoa: Nebalia

Amoeba

Phacus

Vortecelal sp.

Stentor sp.

Calanoids

Heliodiatomus Neodiaptomsus

Insecta

Larvae of Ephemeroptera

Larvea of Diptera


108

4.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

An essential part of environmental study is socio-economic environment incorporating various facts

related to socio-economic conditions in the area, which deals with the total environment. Socio

economic study includes demographic structure of the area, provision of basic amenities viz.,

housing, education, health and medical services, occupation, watersupply, sanitation,

communication, transportation, prevailing diseases pattern as well as feature of aesthetic significance

such as temples, historical monuments etc. at the baseline level. This would help in visualizing and

predicting the possible impact depending upon the nature and magnitude of the project.

Socio-economic study of an area provides a good opportunity to assess the socioeconomic conditions

of an area. This study will possibly make a change in living and social standards of the particular

area benefitted due to the project. The gross economic production of the area will be increased

substantially due to the existence of this project. It can undoubtedly be said that this plant will

provide direct and indirect employment and improve the infrastructural facilities and standards of

living of the area. The fabrics of socio-economic changes are so complicated that this study would

seem to be extremely limited, almost superficial and at time subjective in nature. More thorough and

quantified socio-economic study will undoubtedly require vastly longer time and resources, and is,

therefore, beyond the scope of the present REIA study. The REIA will give a reasonably clear

picture of the socio-economic conditions prevailing in the study area.

4.7.1 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY

The objectives of this socio-economic report consist of:

To conduct socio-economic assessment study in lease Area

To know the current socio-economic situation in the region to cover the sub sectors of education,

health, sanitation, and water and food security.

To recommend practical strategic interventions in the sector.

To help in providing better living standards.

To provide employment opportunities.

4.7.2 SCOPE OF WORK

To study the Socio-economic Environment of area from the secondary sources

Developing a questionnaire for SIA Survey

Data Collection & Analysis

Prediction of project impact

Mitigation Measures


109

4.7.3 METHODOLOGY

For socioeconomic study of the project area, both qualitative and quantitative methods were adopted.

Data regarding the field area were collected both from primary as well as secondary sources. Primary

sources include data collected through direct field sampling, observations based on schedules,

questionnaires etc. A suitable format of Questionnaires was developed by us & survey was

conducted. Secondary sources include various reports, records, literatures, documents, maps, charts,

and photographs etc, collected from various public and private organizations. To know the

perception of local people on socio-economic impact of river sand mining in the area, a field survey

was conducted during Oct-Nov 2013. The target groups were selected from villages of core and

buffer area of Rashmi Tehsil. About 35 people were interviewed to get response. Focus Group

Discussion (FGD) and Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA) techniques are the two important tools of

participatory method used in the field. Household level contacts and interviews have been

undertaken with each family for completing the household socio-economic profile. For individual

farmers and community members, qualitative interviews were used since this approach allows a

more in-depth investigation into the each interviewee. It also allows people to speak for themselves

without their answers being biased by predetermined hypothesis-based questions. The questionnaire

was basically focused to gather respondents´ views from the study areas on the impacts of river sand

mining.

4.7.4 BACKGROUND INFORMATION OF THE AREA

The Study area (buffer zone) is the area within 10 km radius of the mine site. It covers 131 villages

of Chittorgarh district. The socio-economic parameters i.e. population growth, density, literacy etc.

plays an important role in determining the impact of the proposed activity directly or indirectly on

the human population of the study area. These impacts may be beneficial or detrimental.

Chittorgarh District is situated in southern-eastern part of Rajasthan state in western India. It lies

between 23°32' and 25°13' north latitudes and 74°12' and 75°49' east longitudes The district has an

area of 10,856 km2 (3.17% of the Rajasthan State). It is disjunct, divided into a larger western

portion and a smaller eastern portion by Neemuch District of Madhya Pradesh. The western portion

is bounded by Neemuch, Mandsaur, and Ratlam districts of Madhya Pradesh to the east, and the

Rajasthan districts of Banswara to the south, Udaipur and Rajsamand to the east, and Bhilwara to the

north. The eastern portion is bounded by Bhilwara, Bundi, and Kota districts of Rajasthan to the

north and Neemuch District of Madhya Pradesh to the south and west. Rajasthan is located in

northwest India; it encompasses an area of 342,239 sq km lies between 23°30' and 30°11' North

latitude and 69°29' and 78°17' East longitude. Rajasthan is the largest state of the India in terms of

area. It is bounded by Punjab in the north, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh in the northeast, Madhya

Pradesh in the east and Gujarat in the south. On the western side it shares a long stretch of border

with the neighboring country Pakistan.The main economy of Rajasthan is agrarian based. Agriculture

is the leading economy of the state accounting for 22.5 per cent. The total cultivated area of the state

encompasses about 20 million hectares and out of this only 20% of the land is irrigated. The

principal crops Barley, Wheat, Gram, Pulses, Oil Seeds, Bajra, Pulses, Jowar, Maize Ground Nuts,

fruits and vegetables and spices.

4.7.5 DEMOGRAPHY OF THE STUDY AREA

The total population of the study area is 104293 out of which 52,153 (50.01 per cent) are males and

52,140 (49.99 per cent) are females. Whereas the SCs constitute 18.37 per cent of the total

population, the ST constitutes of 12.56 per cent. The total number of households in the study area is

23070. The average family size in the study area is 4 to 6 per household. Demographic details of the

study area are shown in the table below.

Table 4.38 Demographic details of the study area (core area & buffer area)

S.

No. Area

No. of

Village

Population Population SC Population ST

Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female


110

1 Villages of

Core Area 21 30101 15091 15010 6807 3356 3451 3044 1509 1535

2 Villages of

Buffer Area 110 74192 37062 37130 12359 6192 6167 10057 5012 5039

Total 131 104293 52153 52140 19166 9548 9618 13101 6521 6574

Source :- Chittorgarh Census Hand Book 2011

Fig No 4.16 Demography of Core & Buffer Zone

WORK FORCE:-

River sand mining is labor oriented mining because it covers large area. Hence requires large

population of man and women for excavation, loading, transportation and storage work. From

employment point of view, labors are low paid worker. They prefer to be engaged in nearby area so

as to save the travel cost and time. Therefore availability of worker in core area of mining is

important. The Table No. 4.40 presents statistics of work force available in core as well as buffer

zone. The total population in the region is 104293 persons out of which 56.13% is working and

43.87% is Non working population. In core area the total population is 30101 (28.86%) persons out

of which working population is only 15585 (51.78%).

Table – 4.39 Working & Non Working

(Figure in parenthesis is %)

Working & Non Working

S.No Area Total

Village

Total

Population

Working Population Main Working Marginal Working Non Working

Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female

1 Core

Area 21

30101

(28.86)

15585

(51.78) 8600 6985 12513 7615 4898 3072 985 2087 14516 6491 8025

2 Buffer Area

110 74192 (71.14)

42952 22755 20197 32249 19496 12753 10703 3259 7444 31240 14307 16933

Total 131 104293 58537

(56.13)

31355

(53.56)

27182

(46.44)

44762

(76.47)

27111

(60.56)

17651

(39.44)

13775

(23.53)

4244

(30.81)

9531

(69.19)

45756

(43.87)

20798

(45.45)

24958

(54.55)

Among the worker there are two category i.e. main worker and marginal worker. Main worker are

those who work for the major part of the year i.e. 183 days or more and marginal worker is one who

104293

52153 52140

19166 9548 9618 13101 6521 65740

20000

40000

60000

80000

100000

120000


Population Population SC Population ST

Demography Profile of Core & Buffer Zone

Total


111

work for less than 6 months in a year. Other category is of non worker, those who are either under

the age of 15 years or more than 64 years. This class is not fit for any work. Among the working

population 76.47 % population is main worker, mean they get work more than 183 day in a year and

23.53 % are marginal worker. So from working population point of view the region is comparatively

well off.

OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE

Occupational structure of an area shows the nature and status of employment activities in the area.

Out of the total population 56.13% population is working which is further grouped in eight fold

classification as shown in table No. 4.41. Out of total working population, only 26.62% of population

lives in the villages of core area. Main occupation of people in this area is agriculture. Out of total

working population 53.18% are cultivators, 10.12% are marginal cultivators and 9.24% are engaged

as agriculture labor. Villages covered under core area have also been dominated by agricultural

activities.

Table No.: 4.40

(Figure in parenthesis is %)

Occupation Structure

S.

No. Area

Total

Village

Total

Population

Working

Population

Main

Cultivator

Main

Agriculture

Labour

Main

Household

Industries

Main

Other

Working

Marginal

Cultivator

Marginal

Agriculture

Labour

Marginal

Household

Industries

Marginal

Other

Working

1 Core

Area 21 30101

15585

(51.78) 7667 1307 317 3168 866 1124 153 929

2 Buffer

Area 110 74192

42952

(57.89) 23461 4101 401 4286 5057 3908 163 1575

Total 131 104293 58537

(56.13)

31128

(53.18)

5408

(9.24)

718

(1.23)

7454

(12.73)

5923

(10.12)

5032

(8.60)

316

(0.54)

2504

(4.28)

If we look at the table No. 4.41 it reveals that out of total working population in the core area 7667

people are engaged in cultivation followed by 866 people as marginal cultivators. Second category

of working population is engaged in other than agricultural work i.e. called main other working

population like secondary and tertiary occupation. Workers engaged in marginal household

industries are less than 1% i.e. 0.54%.

Fig No 4.17 Occupational Structure

104293

58537

31128

5408

718

7454

5923

5032

316

2504

0 20000 40000 60000 80000 100000 120000

Total Population

Working Population

Main …

Main Agriculture…

Main Household …

Main Other …

Marginal …

Marginal Agriculture…

Marginal Household…

Marginal Other …

Occupational Structure

Total


112

LITERACY Literacy in any region is key for socio-economic progress and the Indian literacy rate grew to

74.04% in 2011 from 12% at the end of British rule in 1947. Although this was a greater than six

fold improvement, the level is well below the world average literacy rate of 84% and of all nations,

India currently has the largest illiterate population.

Table – 4.41 Literacy

(Figure in parenthesis are %) Literacy

S.

No.

Area Population Population Literates Population Illiterates


1 Core Area 30101 15091 15010 14311 9223 5088 15790 5868 9922

2 Buffer Area 74192 37062 37130 32788 21828 10960 41404 15234 26170

Total 104293 52153

(50.01)

52140

(49.99)

47099

(45.16)

31051

(65.93)

16048

(34.07)

57194

(54.84)

21102

(36.90)

36092

(63.10)

The table No.4.42 shows that out of total population only 47099 (45.16%) are literates and 57194

(54.84%) are illiterates. If we look at male-female ratio, there is a wide gender disparity. Out of total

literate population there are 65.93% male literates while female literates are 34.07% only in the

region. Among illiterates there are 36.90% male and 63.10% females to total illiterates. This analysis

shows that literacy in the region is low. Hence the potential availability of unskilled labor is more in

this region.

INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

Infrastructure is basic physical and organizational structures needed for the operation of a society or

enterprise, or the services and facilities necessary for an economy to function. It can be generally defined as

the set of interconnected structural elements that provide framework supporting an entire structure of

development. It is an important term for judging a country or region's development. The term typically refers

to the technical structures that support a society, such educational institutions, medical facilities banking

facilities, telecommunications and so forth, and can be defined as "the physical components of interrelated

systems providing commodities and services essential to enable, sustain, or enhance societal living conditions.

EDUCATION FACILITIES

Education is important as it gives knowledge about happenings around us. It develops a perspective of looking

at life in us and helps us build opinions as well as have points of view on things in life. It equips us with

everything that is required to make our life sensible.

Table No.4.42 Education Facilities

(Figure in parenthesis are %)

Education Facilities

S.No Area Total

Village

Primary

School

Middle

School

Secondary

School

Sr.Secondary

School

Adult Literacy

Class

1 Core Area 21 26 11 4 1 2

2 Buffer

Area 110 97 23 3 0 1

Total 131 123 34 7 1 3

The table No. 4.43 shows the educational facilities available in the villages of core area as well as buffer area

of river sand mine. In both areas primary schools are evenly distributed. But as we go for higher education the

area is very poor. Out of 131 villages in the vicinity of mine area there is only 34 middle schools 7 villages

have secondary schools and only one village has Sr. Secondary School. Hence area is poor in education

facility.

MEDICAL FACILITIES

The data reveals that the medical facility is lacking in the area. Out of 131 villages only 13 villages have the

medical facility. There are 8 Primary health centres, 3 health centres, 2 primary health sub centres and 1


113

Ayurvedic and 1 Allopathic centre. Hence the region is very poor in medical facilities even after the

introduction of Centrally Sponsored NRHM Program in the state.

Table – 4.44 Medical Facilities


Medical Facilities

S

No. Area

Total

Villag

e

Medical

Facilitie

s

Child

Welfare

Centre

Healt

h

Centr

e

Primar

y

Health

Centre

Primar

y

Health

Sub

Centre

Allopathic

Dispensar

y

Ayurvedic

Dispensar

y

1 Core

Area 21 7 1 2 5 1 1 1

2 Buffer

Area 110 6 0 1 3 1 0 0

Total 131 13 1 3 8 2 1 1

The field investigation has revealed that for petty health problem some of the villagers visit nearby

dispensaries or hospitals located in the study area. However, during emergency and long treatment

they rush to district or sub-district hospitals or the hospitals located at nearby town. Field survey has

revealed that the health care institutions located in the villages are not fully equipped with man

power, medicines, equipment and ambulances.

DRINKING WATER FACILITY

Drinking water is the primary need for survival of the men, animal and plant kingdom. The state

spent thousand and thousand crore rupees to provide drinking water to the population of the state.

Table – 4.45 Drinking Water Facilities


Drinking Water Facilities

S. No. Area Total

Village

Well

Water Tank Water

Tube Well

Water

Hand

Pump

1 Core Area 21 Yes NO NO Yes

2 Buffer Area 110 Yes NO NO Yes

Total 131 Yes NO NO Yes

The table No. 4.45 shows that the regions get drinking water from well, tube well and hand pump. It

means the water is directly consumed from by man. No treatment is given to purify the water.

4.8 TRAFFIC ANALYSIS

Traffic analysis is carried out by understanding the existing carrying capacity of the roads near to the

project site and the connecting main roads in the area. The roads connect from the mine site to

National Highway No.76. These roads are wide enough to facilitate easy and smooth movement of

heavy duty trucks.

Then depending on the capacity of the mine, the number of trucks that will be added to the present

scenario will be compared to the carrying capacity. Traffic analysis is carried out by understanding

the existing carrying capacity of the roads near to the mining site and the connecting main roads in

the area. Then depending on the capacity of the mine, the number of trucks that will be added to the

present scenario will be compared to the carrying capacity. Traffic density measurements were

performed at two locations near Mine Site and near-National Highway-76). The Monitoring was

performed in October 2013 Traffic density measurements were made continuously for 24 hours by

visual observations and counting of vehicles under three categories viz. heavy motor vehicles, light

motor vehicles and two wheelers. As traffic densities on the roads are high, two skilled persons were

deployed simultaneously at each station during each shift-one person on each of the two directions


114

for counting the traffic. At the end of each hour, fresh counting and recording was undertaken. Total

numbers of vehicles per hour under the three categories were determined.The results of

measurements are given in Table No. 4.46.

Table No 4.46 Traffic Survey results

Traffic Vehicle

category

No. of vehicles per day near Mine

site ( KapasanTehsil)

No. of vehicles per day Near

National Highway-76)

2Wh 43 59

H.M.V. 65 73

L.M.V. 73 95

Total 181 227

Source: Traffic Survey

During Mine operation

Proposed Capacity 1,40,700 tons per annum say as 1.40 Lac ton

No. of working days 280

Truck Capacity 20 Ton

No. of trucks deployed per day 25

Working Hours per day 8 Hour

No. of trucks deployed/hr 3

Total Block 5

4.8.1 IMPACTS DUE TO TRANSPORTATION

The sand produced from the mine is to be consumed by different construction/Infrastructural projects

located at Chittorgarh and adjoining areas. Transportation of mined out mineral from the river bed

will be transported by hired/ consumers Dumpers, Tractors, trucks. Total Production during the five

years planning is 7.03 Lac Ton. About 25 trucks per day will be required in this mining project.

Capacity of each truck is 20 Ton. The proposed increase in traffic density will not cause significant

impact on the traffic since the connecting road and nearby Highway is capable of handling this

increase in traffic density. The trucks will be properly covered with tarpaulin and overloading will

not be allowed to avoid spillage on roads.

*****

CHAPTER-5

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

&

MITIGATION MEASURES

5.0 GENERAL

Mining of River sand from the riverbed shall have direct impacts on several Environmental

attributes. These may be broadly classified as the physical, biological, socio-economic and

or cultural components. An understanding of the existing environmental scenario of the core

& buffer zone the proposed project along with the impacts of the proposed project resulting

in change in the environmental components are vital to ensure the project impacts on the

environment is not adverse. Environmental impacts both direct and indirect on various


115

environmental attributes due to proposed sand mining activity in the surrounding

environment, during pre-operational, operational and post-operational are discussed. An

impact can be defined as any change in physical, chemical, biological, cultural and/or socio-

economic environment that can be attributed to activities related to alternatives under study

for meeting the project needs. Impact methodology provides an organized approach for

prediction and assessing these impacts. The nature of the impacts due to said project

activities are discussed and identified here.Any economic development project, whether it is

a simple and small or a large and complex it has some environmental implications. The

environmental implications may be beneficial or adverse, but the main objective of impact

identification is to specify areas that are likely to be affected by the implementation of a

project.

The objectives of impact identification are as follows:-

To ensure compliance with regulations.

To provide a comprehensive coverage of a full range of impacts, including social, economic

and physical.

To distinguish between positive and negative, large and small, long term and short term,

reversible and irreversible impacts.

To identify secondary, indirect and cumulative impacts as well as direct impacts.

To consider impacts within the constraints of an area‟s carrying capacity.

The proposed sand extraction operations broadly consist of collection/excavation, loading,

transportation, etc., will have an impact on the following environmental attributes.

1. Land Environment

2. Water Environment

3. Air Environnent

4. Noise Environment

5. Biological Environment

6. Socio-economic Environment


The Berach River, a tributary of the Banas River, is a river of Rajasthan state in Western India.

The Berach originates in the hills of Udaipur District, North East of Udaipur city. The river

has a total length of 157 km, and drains a basin of 7,502 km². It flows North-East

through Udaipur, Chittorgarh and Bhilwara districts, joining the Banas near Bigod village of

Bhilwara district. The fortress city of Chittorgarh lies on the Berach. Its chief tributaries are

the Ahar, Wagli Wagon, Gambhiri and Orai, which join it from the right. The Ayar flows

through the city of Udaipur, joining the Berach at the reservoir of Udai Sagar.

Name of River Berach

Catchment Area 7,502 km2

Longitudes 73°25' and 75°02'

Latitudes 24°29' and 25°14'

Tributaries Ayar, Wagli Wagon, Gambhiri and Orai, joining from the right

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Banas_River

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rajasthan

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Udaipur_District

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Udaipur_District

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chittorgarh

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bhilwara

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ahar_River

http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Wagli_Wagon_River&action=edit&redlink=1

http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Gambhiri_River&action=edit&redlink=1

http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Orai_River&action=edit&redlink=1

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Udaipur,_Rajasthan

http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Udai_Sagar&action=edit&redlink=1


116

The highest point in river Berach is 457 meter above mean sea level and the lowest point of the lease

area is 419 meter above mean sea level. The project area is almost flat; the topography is not likely to

change as the mined material shall get replenished every year during monsoon. Land use of the river

bed will not be changed due to river sand mining, as the excavated river sand will be naturally

replenished in next monsoon. Also, river sand mining will be done in block wise (Total Block: 5) for

better replenishment practices. The scientific mining i.e. systematic removal of sand will not cause

bed degradation and will not affect aquatic environment. There will be no waste water or waste

generation and therefore there will be no degradation of land due to the mining. Thus no waste dump

sites are needed for the project. Impacts of these activities are given below:

5.1.1 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS ON LAND ENVIRONMENT

The proposed extraction of river sand, mining below the existing streambed, and alteration of

channel-bed form and shape leads to several impacts such as erosion of channel bed and banks,

increase in channel slope, and change in channel morphology.

These impacts may cause:

a. Undercutting and collapse of river banks.

b. Loss of adjacent land and/or structures.

c. Upstream erosion as a result of an increase in channel slope and changes in flow

velocity.

d. Downstream erosion due to increased carrying capacity of the stream

e. Downstream changes in patterns of deposition.

f. Changes in channel bed and habitat type.

5.1.2 MITIGATION MEASURES

Since the project is mainly for sand excavation, no loss of top soil will be involved. Sand mining will

be restricted up to 3 m below river bed or the water table whichever less.

i. The mining will be done in unsaturated zone, thus minimizing loss to habitat.

ii. Care will be taken to ensure that ponding is not formed in the river bed.

iii. Dredging will not be allowed.

iv. A safety zone of 45.0 m radius is being demarked for the wells located in the river bed.

Table No 5.1 Land use pattern of mining lease area at various phases

S.N. Particulars Present land

use (Ha)

At the end of

3rd

year (Ha)

At the end of

5th

year (Ha)

1 Mine area 0.0 10.05 16.75

2 Dump area 0.0 - -

3

Safety

zone

Permanent

Roads (6 no.)

16.33 16.33 16.33

4 Infrastructure (office,

temp, shelter etc)

- - -

5 Mineral Storage - - -

6 Plantation - - -

7 Un worked 318.70 308.65 301.95

Total 335.03 335.03 335.03

Source: Approved Mining Plan with Progressive Mine Closure Plan


117

The lease area falls within the Berach River. There is no forest land in the applied lease area. There

is no wild life sanctuary within the study area.

5.1.3 SAND BUDGET & REPLENISHMENT STUDY

For ecological & environmental sustainable balance there must be a balance between river sand mining

and replenishment. The imbalance may cause following measure threatening to the ecosystem of the

area / region, especially in arid and semi- arid region of Rajasthan.

1. Transformation of river into buried Channel.

2. Changes in abiotic environment.

3. Soil / Land erosion (especially at banks) at the time of flool.

4. Possible Changes in regional water table (may increase or decrease in pockets) or

may form a local water tables.

5. Quality of groundwater may change

6. Ponding in river bed

7. Change in river course.

A Number of researchers work on sedimentation in different part of world like Darid & Higgitt & XiXi

Lu (U.K.) on Upper Yangtze basin (China) taking sediment yield data from more than 250 stations and

concluded that increasing soil erosion is not clearly matched by a increase in sediment yield over time

and role of water conservancy projects in trapping and storing sediment requires further attention. Other

author V. Subramanian ( J.N.U. Delhi ) also calculated the sediment load of Indian rivers and reveals

that the major contribution which Indian rivers make to total amount of sediment delivered to the ocean

at a global scale , but also highlights the large temporal and spacial variability of riverine sediment

transport in the Indian sub – continent. This variability is evident not only in the quantites of sediment

transported but also in size and mineralogical charactastics of the sediment load.Over the years,

considerable data have been collected concerning sediment transport in saveral Indian river,For example

Abbas & Subramanien (1984) estimated the sediment load of the G angas at Farrakaa Barrage to be 1235

t km-2

year-1

which is 8 time the world average erosion rate (150 t km-2 year-1) calculated by Milliman &

Meade (1983) . Under the influence of its special physiographic condition and extensive human activity,

the primary patterns of surface erosion in the Upper Yangtze basin (UYB) are water erosion,

gravitational erosion and combined erosion. The eroded area amounts to about 351 x 103 km2,

accounting for 35% of the territory of the UYB, which has an annual gross erosion of 1.57 x 1091 and an

average rate of erosion of 1559 t km"2 year"1. Soil loss occurs primarily in the Jinsha and Jialing basins,

and especially in the Lower Jinsha and Upper Jialing basins.According to the available hydrometric data,

the mean annual runoff and suspended sediment yield of the UYB are 439 X 109 m3 and 523 X 106 t

respectively. The Jinsha and Jialing rivers are the major source of sediment, contributing 72.8% of the

sediment but only 48.6 % of the runoff. The high sediment yield region with Ms > 20001 km"2 year"1

occupies only 4.6% of the territory, but contributes 32.8% of the sediment load. The sediment delivery

ratios of tributary watersheds lie in the range 0.4-0.61, and the average value for the entire UYB is about

0.34.The variation of measured annual sediment yields over four decades, and both statistical and

qualitative analyses, indicate that the sediment yield in the UYB fluctuates in a random way with no clear

tendency to increase or decrease during a long period. Soil erosion control and sediment yield reduction

within the entire UYB will only be effective through sustainable, large scale and long-term soil and water

conservation works.F. E. Dendy & G.C. Bottom (U.S. Department or Agriculture, Mississippi) also

carried out a Study on “Sediment Yield runoff drainage area relationship in the United States”.He used

sediment deposition data from more than 500 reservoirs to develop relationship between sediment yield,


118

drainage-area size, and mean annual runoff. On the average, sediment yield per unit area was inversely

proportional to the 0.16 power of net drainage area for drainage areas between 1 and 30,000 square miles.

Sediment yield to per unit area increased quite rapidly to about 1,860 tons per square mile per year as

runoff increased from 0 to about 2 inches. It then decreased as runoff increased from 2 to about 50

inches.He developed equations 5 and 6 to relate mean sediment yield to mean annunal runoff and

drainage – area size. While these equations explained 75 percent of the variation in average sediment

yield, we should emphasize that they were derived from average values of grouped data. Use of the

equations to predict sediment yield for individual drainage basins would be unwise. Local factor,

including soils, geology , topography, land use , and vegetation, may influence sediment yield much

more than either runoff or drainage area, Actual sediment yield from individual drainage basins may vary

10- fold or even 100-fold from computed yield.

Fig No 5.1 Variation in Computed sediment yield as related to drainage area

Fig No 5.2 Observed Versus computed sediment yield

The equations express the general relationships between sediment yields, runoff end drainage area. They

may provide a quick, rough approximation of mean sediment yield on a regional basis for preliminary

watershed planning. Because we derived the equations from average values, compute sediment yield

normally would be low for highly erosive areas and high for well stabilized drainage basins with high

plant density. Mostly, above studies were candied out on perennial rivers, which flow all around the year,

but the climatic condition of Rajasthan with having a erotic rainfall, these studies dose not correlate to

arid or semi-arid condition.


119

K. D. Sharma (Central Arid Zone Research Institute, Jodhpur) carried out a study on soil erosion and

sediment yield in the Indian arid zone. He stated that High Sediment Yield are generated in the Indian

arid zone due to erratic and torrential rainfall, sandy and eroded rocky drainage basin‟s and biotic

activity. Sediment Yield increases with increasing rainfall and drainage basin slope and its magnitude

depends upon the nature of surface material. In recent years, it has been confirmed that high sediment

yields are associated with arid/semiarid, seasonal mediterranean, and tropical conditions (Walling &

Webb,1983). A compilation of sediment yields for meso scale drainage basins suggests that arid basins

export 36 times more material than humid temperate and 21 times more than humid tropical equivalents

(Reid & Frostick, 1987). Bare soil is highly susceptible to replenish and washes erosion, and arid zones

produce record suspended sediment concentrations (Jones, 1981). The sediment not only causes water

quality to deteriorate but also affects physical and biological conditions in the receiving systems. In the

Indian arid zone, the storage capacity of small reservoirs (400 to 700 000 m3) is reduced by 1.9 to 7.8%

annually due to sediment deposition (Sharma & Joshi, 1982).

Hydro logically, the arid zone in India (Fig.5.3) consists of three main zones. Zone I covers 42 900 km2

and receives major inputs of water from more humid regions, and supports extensive irrigated

agriculture. This is a canal irrigated area and no significant sedimentation problems are encountered here.

Zone II comprises sandy plains, interdunes plains, sand dunes, eroded rocky/gravelly surfaces and

isolated hillocks with a poorly developed or no stream network (148600 km2). It contains no integrated

stream network in the conventional sense; rather, there is a system of repetitive micro-hydrology. The

internal drainage basins generate high sediment yields under occasional and sporadic torrential rainfall.

Zone III represents the sloping region with an integrated stream network (94 280 km2). These are

ephemeral channels which remain dry for 90% of the year. When runoff does occur as a direct response

to torrential rainfall, flash floods result and large quantities of sediment are transported down the valleys.

In this zone the infrequent nature of rainfall and runoff encourages intensive measurement programmers.

Fig No 5.3 Hydrological zones of the arid region of India

In the zone of internal drainage (zone II), the sediment yields have been estimated through measurement

of sediment accumulation in small reservoirs following the recommendation of McManus & Duck

(1985), and Owens & Slay maker (1992). One hundred small reservoirs were selected by stratified

random sampling from a total of 1436 reservoirs occurring in the region. The distribution of the sample

was adjusted to represent the majority of the physiographic environments, soil types, vegetation and

rainfall conditions. In the sandy plain and dune complex environments, the deposited sediment mainly

consists of fine to very fine sand, silt and clay, overlying windblown loose sand. This layer is deposited


120

during the summer when the reservoirs are dry and acts as a marker to identify the successive

depositional cycles. The sediment deposited in the younger alluvial environment is composed of medium

to fine sand and silt over which a thin layer of clay is deposited. The occasional presence of gravel in the

deposits acts as a marker to identify the successive depositional cycles. A distinct layer of gravel mantled

by medium to fine sand and silt is the characteristic depositional pattern in the older alluvial

environment; and the proportion of clay is very small in these deposits. Equal amounts of fine sand, silt

and clay are associated with the sediment deposits in the rocky/gravelly piedmonts. These sediments also

contain stone chips. Sediment samples were obtained from fresh cuts in the beds during May-June 1993,

when the reservoirs were dry. The annual average depth of deposition was calculated from 4 to 6 depth

measurements in the bed of the reservoir between two successive marker layers. This value multiplied by

the area of the reservoir provides an estimate of the total volume of sediment deposited each year. The

annual specific sediment yield was obtained by dividing the total volume of sediment deposited per year

by the drainage basin area. Measurements of drainage basin area and slope were taken from 1:50000

scale topographic maps.

In the zone with an integrated stream network (zone III), information on the spatial variation of stream

discharge and sediment yield has been obtained from 34 gauging stations which are located on various

tributaries of the Luni River. Hourly stage heights were observed at each station during periods of flow

and discharge has been calculated by the slope-area method, with values for the roughness coefficient of

these sand bed channels taken from Vangani & Kalla (1985). The initial water sample is taken at the

onset of flow, and subsequent samples are collected at irregular intervals and with significant changes in

the discharge until the flow ceases. The samples were collected using a US DH-48 depth integrating

suspended sediment wading type hand sampler, employing the equal transit rate method as recommended

by Jones (1981) for arid regions. The samples thus collected were transported to the laboratory and

subjected to standard concentration analysis by filtration and evaporation. The resulting data, together

with recorded runoff rates, provided a reasonably accurate representation of the variation of sediment

concentration during each flow event, as well as permitting the computation of sediment yield. These

data were collected for 16 years over the period 1979-1994.As with the effective rainfall distribution, the

largest number of events is found in the smallest sediment yield class of 0-100 t km2; thus providing a

positively skewed unmoral frequency distribution (Sharma et al., 1994). Chang & Stow (1988) observed

that catastrophic flood events caused the highest sediment loss from drainage basins in the arid zone.

Thus, while sediment production occurs more generally in the drainage basin, significant sediment

delivery is limited to major flood flows. The relationship between sediment yield and effective rainfall is

depicted in Fig. 5.4. Wide variations in the magnitude of annual sediment yield were observed among the

various physiographic regions encountered in the Indian arid zone (Table5.2).


121

Fig No 5.4 Sediment yield as a function of effective rainfall

The older alluvial plain has the highest sediment yield, while the younger alluvial plain has the lowest.

The sediment yields from the rocky/gravelly piedmont, dune complex and sandy plain areas lie between

these two extremes. Except for the higher sediment yields from the older alluvial plain and the

rocky/gravelly piedmont, the annual sediment yields from the other physiographic regions are in

agreement with the mean rates of 2.6, 4.0 and 4.6 m3 ha

-1 year

-1 reported from the arid regions of

Australia, Tanzania and USA, respectively (Jones, 1981), under the similar rainfall conditions.

Table No 5.2 Annual sediment yield in the Indian arid zone

Physiographic region Average sediment yield (m 3

ha-1

year-1

) No. of observation

Sandy plain 3.4 36

Dune complex 4.8 18

Younger alluvial Plain 2.7 30

Older alluvial Plain 18.4 5

Rocky /gravelly piedmont 14.3 11


122

Fig No: 5.5 Mean annual sediment yield as a function of (a) mean annual rainfall, and (b) drainage basin

slope for the indicated lithogies

Sediment yield is also a function of basin lithology together with the drainage basin slope, and the

amount and intensity of rainfall. It can be seen from Fig. 7.5 that Sediment yields are highest from the

sandstone drainage basins, (26.1 m 3

ha-1

year-1

) followed by the phyllite (22.7 m 3 ha

-1 year

-1), older

alluvium (14.8 m 3 ha

-1 year

-1), limestone (12.0 m

3 ha

-1 year

-1), quartzite (8.4 m

3 ha

-1 year

-1), blown sand

(5.8 m 3

ha-1

year-1

), shale (2.0 m 3

ha-1

year-1

) and the younger alluvium (1.5 m 3 ha

-1 year

-1). However,

this trend is slightly changed when the relationship between sediment yield and basin slope is plotted

(Fig. 3(b)). In this case sediment yield follows the order: sandstone (25.9 m 3 ha

-1 year

-1) > phyllite (22.7

m3 ha

-1 year

-1) > limestone (18.1 m

3 ha

-1 year

-1) > older alluvium (14.9 m

3 ha

-1 year

-1) > quartzite (14.2

m3 ha

-1 year

-1) > younger alluvium (4.4 m

3 ha

-1 year

-1) > blown sand (4.1 m

3 ha

-1 year

-1) > shale (2.5 m

3

ha-1

year-1

). For a single lithologie unit there is a general increase in sediment yield with both annual

rainfall and drainage basin slope. The variations of sediment yield with rainfall and drainage basin slope

are due to the nature of the rock. The sandstone outcrops in this region are composed of medium to fine

sand with intercalated beds of grit or gravels; these outcrops generate the highest sediment yield in

comparison to shale which is more resistant, and in consequence loses the least sediment. The phyllite is

composed of medium to coarse grains with uniform structure and loses less sediment than the sandstone.

The limestone formations are fine, compact, hard and cherty with fractured and weathered upper layers

and, thus, still produce less sediment than the quartzite which is medium to coarse grained. When

sediment yields are plotted against the runoff generated in during individual events, a general increase in

sediment yield with runoff can be seen. The higher runoff is associated with greater kinetic energy for

erosion and transport of the eroded sediment. There are striking differences between the various events

however, in the rate at which sediment yield increases with runoff.


123

Fig No. 5.6 The relationship between sediment yield and runoff for a sequence of storm events

This is due to the presence of greater amounts of readily transported loose material in the drainage basin

at the onset of the first event of the wet season. The supply of this loose material decreases progressively

during a sequence of storm events, due to shorter intervals that allow less biotic activity. As the study

area fall in arid and sime-arid climetic condition and papers ( K. D. Sharma ) based on collected data and

observations, Souads to be more realistic used for calculation of replenishment for river sand mining

projects.

Total catchment area of Berach River up to sand mining area is 538 Sq.km.Sediment quantity of sand

in the proposed area has been estimated by case study by K.D.Sharma,(CAZRI,Jodhpur).The finally

we have concluded that the adequate quantity of sand will be replenishment naturally during

monsoon period.

5.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT

5.2.1 ANTICIPATED IMPACT ON WATER ENVIRONMENT

The water demand for the project is very minimal. Total water requirement will be 6 KLD, utilized

for drinking as well as dust suppression and plantation purpose. Mining of sand from within or near a

streambed has a direct impact on the stream‟s physical habitat characteristics. These characteristics

include geometry, bed evaluation, substrate composition and stability, in stream roughness elements,

depth, velocity, turbidity, sediment transport, stream discharge and temperature. Altering these

habitat characteristics can have deleterious impacts on both in stream biota and associated riparian

habitat. The detrimental effects, if any, to biota resulting from bed material mining are caused by

three main processes:

i. Alteration of flow patterns resulting from modification of the river bed

ii. An excess of suspended sediment

iii. Damage to riparian vegetation and in stream habitat

As the project activity is carried out in the river bed, none of the project activities affect the water

environment or riparian habitats. In the project it is not proposed to divert or truncate any stream. No

proposal is envisaged for pumping of water either from the river or tapping the ground water. The

elevation of the proposed area of excavation is in the range of 457 m to 419 m AMSL. Thus, the

project activities will not have any adverse affect on the physical components of the environment and

therefore may not have any effect on the recharge of ground waters and affect the water quality.



124

During the lease period, the mining activities will be confined to 3.0 mt. depth from surface level of

river bed. Mining will be avoided during the monsoon season. This will help in replenishment of

sand in the river bed. River stream will not be diverted to form inactive channels.As mining will not

intersect ground water and also not pollute the quality of water. The domestic effluent generated

from office toilets will be discharged into septic tank via soak pit. Water Quality Monitoring for the

ground water, River water and other surface water bodies will be carried out seasonally to ensure that

the water quality is not affected by the project activities. As the lease area in quite large and long in

length systematic extraction will be carried out to prevent seasonal scouring and enhanced erosion.

Mining on the concave side of the river channel should be avoided to prevent bank erosion. Similarly

meandering segment of river will be selected to prevent natural eroding banks and to promote mining

on natural building (aggrading) meanders component.

5.2.3 RAIN WATER HARVESTING

The proposed mine is situated on the river bed of the Berach. So, no rain water harvesting structure

will be possible.

5.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The mining activities will be confined to the river bed, to extract soft sediments, without drilling &

blasting, by semi-mechanized method. The activities in the regular operation can be broadly

classified into excavation, loading and transport. As the proposed activity is only an extraction and

sand normally having moisture does not have much impact on the air environment. The generation of

dust will be negligible and the air quality will be marginally affected. However, control measures

like water sprinkling on haul road are required to reduce the dust level and keep it within permissible

limit. The gaseous pollutants (SO2, NO2 & CO) are anticipated by transport vehicles. However, the

impacts due to the various activities during operational phase of the proposed sand mining project

are given in table No.5.3.

Table No.5.3 Impacts due to activity

S. No. Activity Environmental Impacts

1 Sand Excavation Emission of fugitive dust

2 Sand Loading Emission of fugitive dust

3 Sand Transportation Emission of fugitive dust

Vehicular exhaust Emission (SO2,NO2 )

5.3.1. IMPACTS OF THE SAND EXCAVATION

Daily, around 500 tonne of sand will be excavated. Excavation is proposed to carry out by Backhoe.

During the excavation time, the sand may be discharged in to air environment. However, as the area

experiences calm winds during most of the times the displacement of sand by air will be very

insignificant. However, even such small quantities also need to be addressed in the project.

5.3.2 IMPACTS OF THE SAND LOADING IN TO TRUCKS

Daily around 500 tonne sand will be loaded in to the trucks for transportation to the nearby areas.

Loading of sand in to the trucks may likely to release particulate matter.

It is envisaged that about 25 trucks will transport about 500 tonne of sand to the nearby areas. The

transportation is done on road by trucks with a capacity of 20 Ton. Thus, the transportation process

also contributes to vehicular emissions like SO2, NOX, CO.

5.3.3 MITIGATION MEASURES FOR AIR POLLUTION


125

In the sand mine, air pollution is caused mainly due to dust generation added with gaseous emission

from mining activities like loading & transport etc. The gaseous pollutants (SO2 NO2, & CO) are

anticipated by transportation vehicles.

A. DUST POLLUTION

One of the main pollutants in air will be particulate matter (PM), which will be generated during

various activities of mining such as extraction of sand, and movement of vehicles. Following

measures is been taken to minimize air pollution.

Haulage road will be adequately sprayed with water by water sprinkler.

The haul roads in the area will be made compact. Both sides of the haul roads will be planted

with trees to arrest air borne dust.

Green belt/plantation will be developed all along the haul roads and other places to arrest dust.

Dust mask/Face mask will be provided to all employees working in the likely dusty areas.

Proper maintenance of vehicles is been done, which minimize the pollutants.

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring is been conducted on regular basis to assess the quality of

ambient air as per the EC conditions and submitted to respective authorities.

Proper tuning of vehicles to keep the gas emissions under check.

5.3.4 AIR QUALITY IMPACT PREDICTIONS (AQIP)

The air quality in the mining areas depends on the nature and concentration of emissions and

meteorological conditions. The major sources of air pollution due to the mine is dust generation due

to excavation, loading and transportation of mineral, wind erosion of exposed material. Dust

emissions from these operations mainly depend on moisture content of the sand and type of control

measure adopted.

In this study, United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA – 42 series) approved

mathematical equations have been used to predict concentrations for different operations in mining

including the mineral transportation. The major sources for the Fugitive dust emissions from the

proposed sand mining project include:

1. Sand excavation

2. Sand Loading on to trucks

3. Sand transportation to designated sites/market

Details Of Source & Emissions

1. AREA SOURCE EMISSION

Air pollution i.e. fugitive & dust emission will be generated due to excavation and handling of sand.

2. LINE SOURCE EMISSION

Pollution due to vehicular movement is main source of line source emissions in mining activities.

Surface conditions of the roads and the fuel consumption of the vehicles remains on the worst side

due to which these emissions rate remains higher as the vehicular density increases. The major

sources of line emissions during mining activities are the vehicular exhausts and dust due vehicle

movement. The major emissions from this source are carbon monoxide, nitrogen oxide and Sulphur

dioxide etc.

Air quality modeling was done using line source model as published by USEPA “Workbook of

Dispersion Modeling” by Turner, for transportation though roads and the empirical emission factor

equations from USEPA. Emission factors to be used in Line source Dispersion equation is adopted

from formula as given below:


126

E= k * (1.7) * (s/12)*(S/48) * (W/2.7)0.7 * (w/4)0.5 * (365-p/365) kg/VKT

Where

E = Emission Rate (kg/VKT)

k= Particle size multiplier = (0.36)

s = Silt Content of the Road surface material (%) = 12%

S = Mean Vehicle Speed (km/hr) = 20 km/hr

W=Mean Vehicle Weight (tones) = 20 ton

w= Mean number of wheels = 8

p= Number of days with at least 0.254 mm of precipitation per year = 20

f = frequency of Vehicle movement in no per hour = 13 vehicles / hour

Concentration of the fugitive dust was calculated using the empirical equations for unpaved

roads published by USEPA- AP42.

Table No 5.4 Area source emission – Sand Excavation

Particulars PM10,

Production capacity, Ton per Annum 1,40,700

Production capacity, Ton per Day 500

Operational Hours per year 2240

USEPA Emission Equation in lb/ton 0.75[18.6 (s)1.5

/ (M)1.4

]

Emission of dust, g/sec 0.006414

Area of influence, m2 10000

Uncontrolled Emission Rate, G/S/M2 0.0000064

Table No 5.5 Haulage Emissions (unpaved) – Transport of sand

Particulars PM10

Production capacity, Ton

per Annum

1,40,700

Production capacity, Ton

per Day

500

Operational Hours per day 8

Capacity of each truck 20 Ton

Total no. of trucks per day 25

Total no. of trucks per hour 3

Lead Length per trip,km 30 km(Two way)

USEPA Emission Equation

in lb/VMT (Pounds per

vehicle miles traveled)

[(k) x [(s/12)^0.9] x [(W/3)^0.45] ((365-p)/365))

Emission, kg/VKmT

(kilogram per vehicle

kilometer traveled)

0.796 Ib/VMT

0.224 (Kg/VMT)

Area of influence, m2 10,000

Uncontrolled Emission Rate,

G/S/M2

0.000022

Emission factor computed based on silt content of 12 % and moisture content of 10%


127

For each, a brief description characterizing the source and the general methodology used to estimate

emission rates are provided. Based on USEPA emission factors, the possible emissions from

different mining activities such as excavation, loading and transportation has been computed. The

summary of emissions for peak rated production capacity of 100% from different mining activities

calculated.

A substantial portion of these emissions may consist of heavy particles that settle out within the

mining site. Considering the silt content of the mining sand (12%) with a moisture content (10%)

5.3.5 AIR QUALITY MODELLING

In order to predict the Particulate emissions, AERMOD 8.2 View Model was used to predict changes

in air quality i.e. maximum Ground Level Concentration (GLC‟s) of particulate matter, due to the

various sand mining activities of the proposed project. The model uses the steady state Gaussian

plume equation for continuous source. For convenience, 10000 m X 10000 m square block by

keeping project centre coordinates as (0.000, 0.000) has been selected for modeling so as to include

all the air quality baseline monitoring stations in the block. The GLC‟s were predicted for

Environment Management Plan with 90% of pollution control for peak production capacity .The

inputs required for the model is:

Hourly meteorological data

Source data

Receptor data

Emission rate

Terrain data


128

Fig No.5.7 (a) Isopleths showing predicted incremental GLC‟s of PM10

Fig No.5.7 (b) Isopleths showing predicted incremental GLC‟s of SO2


129

Fig No.5.7 (c) Isopleths showing predicted incremental GLC‟s of NO2

5.3.6 RESULTS AND CONCLUSION

The ground level concentrations are computed for 24-hr average. The maximum ground level

concentrations of PM10, from the different mining activities for study period with EMP are given in

table 5.6

The cumulative concentration (baseline + incremental) after implementation of the project are

tabulated below in table- 5.7. The maximum GLCs after implementation of the project are likely to

be within the prescribed NAAQ standards.

TABLE: 5.7 Cumulative Concentration of Pollutants (Baseline + Incremental)

Sampling

Location

Predicted incremental

Max. conc. μg/m3

Max. Base line

conc.(μg/m3 )

Cumulative max.

conc. μg/m3

Prescribed

Standards in

Day Time in

μg/m3

PM

10

SO

2

NO

2

PM

10

SO

2

NO

2

PM

10

SO

2

NO

2

PM

10

SO

2

NO

2

Bhagal (Core

Zone)

0.922 1.38 1.84 72.15 16.54 24.99 73.0

7

17.

92

26.

83

100 80 80

Gumanpura

(Core Zone)

0.70 1.00 1.00 72.54 16.58 25.98 73.2

4

17.

58

26.9

8

Khempura 0.07 0.81 0.85 72.54 16.59 25.36 72.6

1

17.

4

26.2

1


130

Sonla Ka Khera 0.05 0.10 0.55 72.58 16.54 25.66 72.6

3

16.

64

26.2

1

Gadri Khera 0.10 0.02 0.06 72.59 16.59 25.61 72.6

9

16.

61

25.6

7

5.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise will be generated by movement of vehicles used for transportation and machines used for

excavation. Noise environment in this project will be affected only by the equipment at the site and

vehicular transportation. Since mining is done semi-mechanically, slight increase in noise levels can

be expected. Noise pollution can cause significant impact on the environment and subsequently on

the humans. Baseline Noise levels are observed to be well within the limits in the monitored villages.


5.4.1 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS

The proposed sand mining project consists of three major activities as brought out earlier. The

following table 5.8 indicates the impacts due to various activities on noise environment:

Table No.5.8 Impacts due to activity

S.No Activity Environmental Impacts

1 Sand Excavation Slight increase in Noise Levels

2 Sand Loading Slight increase in Noise Levels

3 Sand Transportation Slight increase in Noise Levels


Since the noise generating is only through mechanical equipment and movement of vehicles,

strict compliance to periodical maintenance the vehicle conditions will be insisted.

No working will be carried out in the night hours.

Greenbelt and plantation on road side will help in reduce noise level.

5.5 SOLID/OB MANAGEMENT

There is no topsoil in the lease area. No overburden and waste is likely to be generated during lease

period.

5.6 IMPACT ON BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

No wildlife sanctuary, national park or biospheres reserve is located within the study area. More than

4,000 saplings will be planted till the end of life of mine.

5.6.1 IMPACT ON WILDLIFE

There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve, Wildlife corridors and

Tiger/Elephant Reserve found within 10 km radius of the project site. There are 3 Reserved Forests

within 10 km radius of the mining lease area.

5.6.2 IMPACT ON FLORA

Plantation will be developed in the mining lease area as per plantation programme. These activities

will help to improve the floral cover of the area. The greenery and plantation development will

eventually attract micro fauna, birds etc in the area. Assistance will be taken from local forest

department in selection of species of plants so that green coverage may improve fast. The varieties

would include those plants, which are suitable to the area.

5.6.3 IMPACT ON FAUNA


131

The mining lease area is in non-forest land where presence of fauna is very rare. As such, there will

be no adverse impact of the mining activity on fauna around the mining lease area.

5.6.4 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

The proposed green belt in the lease area will to be designed taking into consideration the availability

of area as the efficacy of green belt in pollution control mainly depends on width of green belt,

distance from pollution sources, site of the habitat from working place and tree height & density.

While considering the above aspects due care will be taken for selecting suitable characteristics plant

species as those fast growing and evergreen trees, trees with large leaf area, locally suitable plant

species, those resistant to specific pollutant and those which would maintain the regional ecological

balance, soil and hydrological conditions.

The plantation work for green belt development will be carried in consultation with a local forest

department which will help minimizing adverse impact on the flora found in the area. Year wise

plantation program is given in Chapter 9.

The following plant species will be planted according to CPCB guidelines: Cassia fistula (Amaltas),

Delbergia sisso (Sisam), Mangifera indica (Mango), Acacia nilotica (Babul), Tectona grandis (Teak),

Azadirachta indica (Neem), Albizza lebbek (Siris), Prosopis cineraria (Khejri), Delonix regia

(Gulmohar), Ficus benghalensis (Banyan tree), Butea monosperm (Palash), Phoenix sylvestris

(Khajur), Datura metel (Datura), Calotropis procera (Akada) etc.

5.7 SOCIO- ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

5.7.1 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS



of the society in this region. There is no R&R & land acquisition involvement in this project. There

is no impact of mining on local residents of the area as habitation is away from the applied lease

area. The maximum persons will be employed form nearby villages. There is no source of

employment is nearby area in this region and thus the employment will develop by the proposed

mining activity in nearby area. The applicant after become lessee will help in maintenance of village

kaccha roads with request of local Panchyat Samiti. The lessee will provide maximum assistant to

local body on their request. The lessee will develop the plantation along the roads. The lessee will

contribute some fund from the income and the fund will use only for the social development of the

people in the field of Education and Medical.

Due to differences in geographical locations and climatic conditions, views of respondents and

indeed, actual ecological effects of river sand mining, also differed. Results from respondents

showed that the single most important effect of river sand mining area is change in river depth and

possible change in river bank. Agriculture area located on the river bank may get land erosion

problem. This was particularly because agriculture is the predominant economic activity along the

river area. Agricultural activities are often undertaken in the rainy season, and during the dry season

farmers spend their time in land preparation.

Another significant effect of river sand mining is the abandoned pits serving as a source of breeding

grounds for mosquitoes for example, and the resultant spread of malaria and other related diseases.

During rainy seasons, the abandoned pits collect water and as a result attract malaria parasites

resulting in infection of community people. Other diseases such as cholera, dysentery and diarrhea,

among others, are associated with the mining activities.


132

The important finding gathered was the occurrence of mining activities along rivers and other water

bodies. Mining activities along these rivers can retard free flow of the water course. Such direct in-

stream mining can alter the channel geometry and bed elevation and may involve extensive clearing,

diversion of flow, stockpiling of sediment, and excavation of deep pits. This can also result in

significant distortion of the channel morphology, which often causes silting as a result of erosion of

the banks and consequent flooding, which may worsen especially during high precipitation.

Machinery which is used to extract sand sometimes disturbs the vegetation and further exposes the

area to erosion and harsh weather conditions. This can as well cause loss of the protection provided

by soil as it filters out pollutants and can further affect aquatic life in such riverine areas.


The following mitigation measures will be taken to solve the problems/points raised by local people

during field survey:

To protect the agricultural area on the river bank an utmost care will be taken while working in

such areas where agriculture is practiced. Agricultural fields will be protected by river bolder

where ever the possibility of river erosion will be felt.

To avoid the possibility of spread of malaria due to stagnant water, no pit will be created due to

excavation of river sand. However if water is accumulated after the rainy season anti-mosquito

treatment like fogging, spread of kerosene etc. will be done in the areas.

A proper road and transportation net work will be developed for movement of vehicle and

machinery. No major changed in the vegetative cover is anticipated. However the development

of greenbelt has already been suggested.

5.8 MINE CLOSURE

Mine closure plan is the most important environmental requirement in mineral mining projects. The

mine closure plan should cover technical, environmental, social, legal and financial aspects dealing

with progressive and post closure activities. The primary aim is to ensure that the following broad

objectives along with the abandonment of the mine can be successfully achieved:

To minimize environmental damage

To conserve valuable attributes and aesthetics

To overcome adverse socio-economic impacts

To create a productive and sustainable after use for the site, acceptable to mine oweners,

regulatory agencies and the public.

To protect public health and safety of surrounding habitation.

5.8.1 MINE CLOSURE CRITERIA

The criterion involved in mine closure is defined in relation to following key issues.

Compatibility with agreed post –mining land use

Physical stability

Low risk to biota

Physical stability

Revegetation and other improvements


133

CHAPTER- 6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 SCOPE OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

Environmental monitoring program includes periodic analysis of air, soil, noise and water, samples.

Environmental monitoring will be conducted on regular basis to assess the pollution level in the

mining lease area as well in the surrounding areas. Therefore, regular monitoring program of the

environmental parameters is essential to take into account the changes in the environment. The

objectives of monitoring are:-

To identify the state of pollution within the mining lease area.

To verify the result of the impact assessment study in particular with regards to new

developments.

Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution.

To assess and monitor the environmental impacts.

To establish a database for future Impact Assessment Studies for new projects.

6.2 METHODOLOGY OF MONITORING

Post project monitoring will be carried out as per conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance

Letter issued by MoEF, Consent issued by SPCB as well as according to CPCB guidelines. The

following table is showing details of Post Project Monitoring programme:

Table – 6.1 Post Project Monitoring Programme

S. No Attributes Parameters for monitoring Frequency of monitoring

1 Ambient Air PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and CO As per CPCB/ RSPCB requirement

Vehicle logs Daily records

2 Ambient

Noise Level

Noise levels at Day & night

time -Leq dB (A)

As per norms of RSPCB/ MoEF

Maintain records of vehicles Periodic during operation phase

3 Water quality

and

water levels

TDS, Total Hardness, Calcium

hardness, Magnesium hardness,

Chloride, Fluoride,Sulphate,

Nitrates, Alkalinity, Iron,

Copper & As per IS

10500:2012 or as Per Condition

of EC/CTE

Watertable Level Four times in

a year.

Periodic during operation phase


134

4 Maintenance

of flora and

fauna

Tree Plantation, 800 Plants

Herbs & Shrubs Per Year

Periodic during operation phase

5 Soil quality

Monitoring

Physico- chemical parameters

i.e. pH, Bulk Density, Soil

texture, Nitrogen,Available

Phosphorus,Potassium,

Calcium,Magnesium, Sodium,

Electrical Conductivity,Organic

Matter, Chloride

As per norms of RSPCB/ MoEF

6 Sand

Replenishment

3-4 Selected Locations in

Block A,B,C,D &E

Pre & Post Monsoon every Year

7 Socio-

Economic

Villages of Core & Buffer area Once in 2 years through physical survey for

detecting any adverse variation and prompt

correctives

6.3 POST PROJECT MONITORING PLAN

6.3.1 AIR QUALITY MONITORING

Air quality monitoring is essential for evaluation of the effectiveness of abatement Programmes and

to develop appropriate control measures. RFPPL will monitor fugitive dust emissions at locations of

nearest human habitations and other public amenities located nearest to sources of dust generation, in

and around the proposed sand mining project at a frequency of once in a fortnight or any other

frequency as stipulated by MoEF and take appropriate air pollution control measures in order to

ensure that the concentration of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx are within the limits. The monitoring

records will be submitted to MoEF regularly.

PARAMETERS: As per MoEF guidelines, the concentration of Particulate Matter (PM10), Sulphur

dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) will be monitored in upwind, downwind and crosswind

direction and also covering all sensitive receptors, along with adequate meteorological measurement

for proper interpretation of data.

METHODOLOGY

Respirable dust sampler with gaseous sampling attachment will be used for monitoring of air quality

for parameters viz., PM10, PM2.5, SO2 NOx and CO with a sampling frequency of 24 hours duration

or 8 Hours sampling and analysis will be carried out as per IS- 5182:1999 for measurement of air

Pollution. PM10 & PM2.5 will be analyzed gravimetrically, SO2 will be analyzed by improved west

and Gaeke method and NOx will be analyzed as per Jacob & Hochheiser Modified (Na-Aresnite)

Method.

The National Ambient Air Quality Standards, MoEF Notification: GSR 826 (E), November 16th

,

2009 is made applicable to sand mining project.

6.3.2 WATER QUALITY MONITORING

Water quality monitoring involves periodical assessment of quality of ground water and surface

water near the river sand mining project.

All the parameters as given in Part - A of General Standards for Discharge of Environmental

Pollutants, GSR 801 (E) Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986 prescribed by CPCB will be analyzed


135

for all the effluents for assessing the overall quality of effluents. Surface water samples will be

analyzed for all the parameters as per CPCB Guidelines and ground water samples will be analyzed

for all the parameters as per IS-10500.

METHODOLOGY: The sample collection, procedures for sample preservation and methods of

analysis are followed as per Standard Methods for examination of Water and Waste water analysis

published by American Public Health Association (APHA).

FREQUENCY OF MONITORING: Monitoring of water samples will be done at a frequency of

once in each season.

The following standards will be followed for complete analysis of water samples:

Surface water: As per CPCB Guidelines

Ground water: BIS-10500:2012

6.3.3 NOISE LEVEL MONITORING

Noise level monitoring will be done for achieving the following objectives:

(i) To compare sound levels with the values specified in noise regulations

(ii) To determine the need and extent of noise control of various noise generating sources

(iii) Correlation of noise levels with community response to noise levels.

Noise level monitoring will be done at the work zone to assess the occupational noise exposure level.

Noise levels will also be monitored at the noise generating sources like sand handling arrangements,

vehicle maintenance workshop and also nearby villages for studying the impact due to higher noise

levels for taking necessary control measures at the source.

PARAMETERS: The noise level recordings will be measured in dB(A) Leq values, where dB(A)

denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A , which is relatable to

human hearing.

FREQUENCY OF MONITORING: Monitoring frequency for noise levels will be once in a

fortnight. MoEF has stipulated that noise levels have to be monitored between 6.00 AM to 10.00 PM

for day time and 10.00 PM to 6.00 AM for night time.

6.3.4 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

Vegetation development is proposed along the bank of river and along road sides of approach roads.

While selecting plant species preference will be given for planting native species of the area and

shall have soil binding capacity. M/s RFPPL will supply saplings to surrounding villagers for green

belt development in their villages and encourage the plantation by means of social forestry.

Green belt development as per the scheduled plan will be reviewed every year plantation records will

be maintained for period of plantation, area under plantation, length of avenue plantation, type of

species density of planted area and survival rate.

6.4 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY

Project Proponent is committed to providing a quality service in a manner that ensure a safe and

healthy workplace for employees and minimize potential impact i.e Air, water Soil, Noise on the

environment. They will operate in compliance with all relevant environmental legislation and strive

to use pollution prevention and environmental best practices

The lessee will:-

Integrate the consideration of environmental concerns and impact in to all of our decision making

and activities.

Promote environmental awareness among employees and encourage them to work in an

environmentally responsible manner.Trained, educate and inform to employees about environmental


136

issues thatmay effect their work Where required by legislation or where significant health, safety or

environmental hazards exist, develop and maintain appropriate emergency and spill response

programme. Strive to continually improve environmental performance and minimize the social

impact and damage of activities by periodic review of environmtal policy in light of current and

planned future activities.

We will comply all Condition Given in EC, CTE & CTO and Submitt Compliance Report to

Concerned department timely.

6.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING CELL

Apart from having an Environmental Management Plan, it is also necessary to have a permanent

organizational set up charged with the task of ensuring its effective implementation of mitigation

measures and to conduct environmental monitoring.In this effect, M/s RFPPL will assign

responsibilities to officers from various disciplines to co-ordinate the activities concerned with

management and implementation of environment control measures. An Organ gram of Environment

management is shown in figure No 6.1. Basically, this department undertakes the monitoring of

environmental pollution level by measuring, ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, Noise

level, etc., either departmentally or appointing external agency whenever required. The

Environmental and Safety department will also looking after for preparation of environment

statement, carrying out environment audit, preparation of Consent to establish & Consent to operate.

Environmental monitoring cell will be established for monitoring of important and crucial

environmental parameters which are of immense importance to assess the status of environment

during sand mine operation.

Fig No .6.1 Organizational Structure of Environmental Management Cell

In order to carry out the environmental monitoring, EMC will perform the following activities:

Manager

(Mines & Environment)

Mine Foreman

Supervisor

Head of the Environment

Environment Management Cell


137

EMC will oversee that environmental control measures are implemented as per approved action

plan.

Identify and record the constraints in respect of environmental planning and implementation.

Systematically document and record keeping w.r.t environmental issues.

Monitoring of plantation development.

Environmental compliance to the regulatory authorities.

Communication with the concerned departments on the environmental issues. Interact and liaison

with State/ Central Government departments

To monitor compliance of environmental regulations.

Continual improvement in environmental performance.

To follow proper documentation and monitoring procedures, for developing better environmental

management systems at the mine.

To keep up with regulatory requirements and arrange for the necessary certificates or consents

viz., air and water.

To conduct yearly environmental monitoring and submit the statement to RSPCB.

6.6 REPORTING SCHEDULES OF MONITORED DATA

The monitored data on air quality, water quality, soil quality and noise levels, will be periodically

examined for taking necessary corrective measures. The monitored data will be submitted to

Rajasthan State Pollution Control Board (RSPCB). The post-project data will be submitted in half-

yearly monitoring reports to the same.

*****


138

CHAPTER – 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

As per the provisions of Environmental Impact Assessment Notification dated 14-09-2006 issued by

Ministry of Environment and Forests, Govt. of India; and vide District Collector letter no.

fodkl@i&6¼2&1½2014@922 dated 14.07.2014 & Regional office, Rajasthan State Pollution Control

Board, Chittorgarh letter no. vkj-ih-lh-ch-@vkj-v¨-fpŸk©³@CM-3238/R-1406-1408 dated 05.08.2014,

Public Hearing was conducted at 11.00 AM on 10-09-2014, in the premises of Rajiv Gandhi Sewa

Kendra, Village: Akola, Tehsil: Kapasan, District: Chittorgarh, under the Chairmanship of ADM (

Administartion) Shri Harji Lal Atal Chittorgarh & Regional officer Shri K.C. Gupta ( RSPCB,

Chittorgarh) for Proposed River Sand Mining Project located at Revenue villages of Tehsil: Kapasan,

District: Chittorgarh, Rajasthan. Advertisement for conducting public hearing was published on

08.08.2014 in “Hindustan Times” & “Rajasthan Patrika”. To start with the proceedings of Public

Hearing Shri K.C. Gupta, Regional Officer, Rajasthan State Pollution Control Board, Chittorgarh

welcomed all the persons present and gave a brief introduction about the procedure and importance

of Public Hearing being conducted under the REIA Notification, dated 14.09.2006 issued by

Ministry of Environment & Forests, Government of India. Thereafter representative of Project

consultant M/s Enviro Concept (I) Pvt. Ltd, Jaipur Shri Ghanshyam Das made a presentation and

gave details of the project. 64 persons made their attendance in the public hearing and following

issues were raised:-

S.

No.

Name &

address

Issued raised in brief Suggestion/comments by

consultant or proponent

Action plan

with Budgetary

provision

(if any)

1 Shri Bheeru

Lal Mochi,

Village:

Akola

He objected that

Overloaded vehicle on roads

for bajari Transportation,

damages the road. There are

many shrubs are either side

of the roads, which are

neither pruned nor

maintained by PWD. Due to

narrower paths, Even two

wheelers have had to face

many problems due heavy

shrubs on the way. Damaged

pits on the roads are filled

only with sand and concrete

due to which life of the

drivers of small size vehicle

remain in danger. Roads

should be maintained and

shrubs should be pruned.

Technical consultant of

project proponent replied

that we will operate the only

vehicles which are permitted

by State Government.

Loading of the vehicles for

Bajari transportation will be

done according to loading

capacity of road.

According to mining rules

we will provide a copy of

video-graphy to Collector

Office, Tehsil Office,

Panchayat Office of mining

zone and safety zone pillars.

.

Rs. 0.50 Lac.

For road

reparing &

maintenance.


139

Administration should be

strict to overloaded vehicles.

Road has damaged in one

year only.

He further said that khasra

nos. got reshuffled as the

results of land measurement

done in the year1990 due to

which Poor Farmer could not

procure back their khasara

land in their Khatedari

(Account) through which

they neither getting any sort

of government donation,

electricity connection, nor

the their Kissan Credit Card

are being generated. Farmers

have had to borrow money

on more interest form

market.

Therefore you are requested

to get farmers back their land

right.

2. Shri Kailash

Soni,

Village:

Kapasan

He questioned that What will

the benefit to the youth of

nearby villages of river. Will

employment be provided

them? What are the benefits

to nearby villagers due to

mining on the banks of river

and What will be done for

animals?

Preference in employment

will be given to the people of

nearby villages for collection

and loading of Bajri.

About 23

persons will be

employed

directly.

Rs. 4.60 Lac per

year under the

CSR.

3 Shri Ram

Singh,

Village:

Pipal Kheri

He questioned that what are

benefits to famers from the

money that is being

deposited to the govt. as

royalty and tax from

costumer? No Road

maintenance & other

development work have been

done by lease holder till date.

Regular health check up

camp, Medical facilities in

nearby villages. Pure

drinking water facility,

Construction of Toilets in

Schools & nearby areas.

Scholarship in schools will

be developed under CSR

Programme.

Same as point

No. 1&2.

4 Shri Jagdish

Chandra

Chhipa

(Deputy

Sarpanch)

Village:

He told that there is

Shamshan in the middle of

the bridge built on Berach

River and thereafter there is

a place of Chhipa Society for

drying printed cloths. So at



that mining activity will not

be carried out in 500m area

in river near Akola village.

Through which this part of

A safety zone of

45.0 m radius

will be left

around the

Temple,

Mosque, Bridge


140

Akola this place no sand mining

activities should be carried

out. So that people involved

in Akola‟s famous dyeing

and printing work, may dry

their printed cloths on river

bank. So, mining should not

be done and a space should

be left between the bridges

of Berach and Kerry Ghat

bridge.

river may be used for drying

cloths for small scale

industries as dyeing &

printing.

A safety zone of 45.0 m

radius will be left around the

Temple, Mosque, Bridge etc

and a margin of 7.5 m will

also be left against the banks

as per mining rules.

etc and a margin

of 7.5 m will

also be left

against the banks

as per mining

rules.

No budget

allocated

separately for the

same.

5 Shri Kishor,

Village;

Ummedpura

He questioned that Who will

maintain the Plants that will

be planted by the lease

holder and what will be the

arrangement of water

spraying for flying dust?

Lease holder will take all

responsibility for the same.

Water sprinkler will be

proposed for dust separation.

Water Spraying :

Rs. 2.0 Lac Per

Year

Green Belt &

Plant

Mintainance :

0.5 Lacfor 5

Year.

6 Mr. Fariyad

Mohammad,

Village:

Akola

He told that anicut located

near the bridge, should be

declared as a Red zone.

He also demanded for

royalty free Bajri for any of

the religious places as

temple, mosque etc.

A safety zone of 45.0 m

radius will be left around the

Temple, Mosque, Bridge etc

and a margin of 7.5 m will

also be left against the banks

as per mining rules.

Rebate on royalty may be

provided by administration

on the basis of state

government rules & written

consent of village Sarpanch

& Mining Department, for

any religious place such as

Temple, Mosque etc.

No financial

budget allocated.


141

7 ADM Shri

Harji Lal

Atal,

Chittorgarh

Wanted to know that the

project cost is Rs. 60 lac and

production capacity is

140000 tons per annum than

how many trucks will be

loaded per day?

He told that village roads can

be damaged by heavy

loading so; the loading

capacity of trucks should not

be more than 10 tones.

He wanted to know that the

project cost is Rs. 60 lac than

how will this amount be

spent? How many people

will work in this project and

what will be their salary?

He said that the project

should be shown correctly

and running cost should also

be included in it and also

clear that how many JCB and

dumpers will be operated?

It is not mentioned that how

much amount will be spent

on environment protection

measures (EMP) like; water

sprinkling, Bajri trucks will

be covered by trepoline

sheets etc.

He further wanted to know

that how did you assess the

amount of Rs. 4.6 lac per

annum for proposed

combined social

responsibility (CSR)?

CSR amount should be

increased.



that it is proposed that 8-10

trucks will be operated which

will transport of sand

maximum 20 tones with the

bearing road capacity.

Project cost is Rs. 60 lac is

only for semi-mechanized

machineries like; JCB,

Dumpers Trolley etc. of the

project. This amount is not

including laborer‟s salary.

Mining work will not be

done during night time

Consultant on behalf of

proponent replied that total

sum of Rs. 7.0 lac will be

spent on environmental

protection measures. Also

Rs. 4.6 lac will be spent on

21 villages falling in the

lease area according to their

ratio under CSR also agreed

to increase the same with

discussion of villagers during

operation phase on mutually

understanding.

Same as Point

No. 1&2


142

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

The present project is a Sand mining project, which is relatively very low risk activity, being surface

mining or open cast mining, compared to coal mining. The risks associated with the project are not

hazardous, but if any, they are only accidents and incidents, associated with mining machinery or

transportation activity. This part delineates the risks associated with the project and the prevention

measures to avoid or minimize the risk.

7.2.1 IMPACTS DUE TO TRANSPORTATION

The river sand produced from the mine is to be consumed by different Construction/Infrastructural

projects located at Chittorgarh and adjoining areas. Transportation of mined out mineral from the

river bed will be transported by hired/ consumers Dumpers, Tractors, trucks. Total Production during

the five years planning is 1.40 LTPA.About 25 trucks per day will be required in this mining project.

Capacity of each truck is 20 Ton.

The proposed increase in traffic density will not cause significant impact on the traffic since the

connecting road and nearby State Highway is capable of handling this increase in traffic density. The

trucks will be properly covered with tarpaulin and overloading will not be allowed to avoid spillage

on roads.

7.2.2 ACTIVITIES WITH POTENTIAL RISKS

The activities described in the above para are the only activities that have potential risks, if any are

associated with the project. None of the risks are of hazardous type, while accidents and incidents

can be expected if adequate controls or safety systems are not adopted. The sand excavation and


143

loading on to the trucks by Backhoe can have risks of accidents if human failure or errors are not

taken care of. The Accidents, if any, may not be fatal, but are potential to cause temporary or

permanent disabilities. Thus, the need for adequate safety at work places is needed. On the other

hand, the manual activity of sand mining and sand loading is not associated with accidents, however,

some minor incidents like Exhaustion, sun-strokes, or other health related incidents may take place,

which can be avoided with adequate safety regulations and measures. Transportation of mined sand

to the stowing sites is the activity associated with accidents on road and at the project site. However,

with effective safety measures the accidents can be avoided and prevented.

7.2.3 SAFETY OF MACHINE USE AT MINING SITE

The major machinery that is used at mining site is only a Backhoe vehicle that can excavate sand and

load on to the trucks. The area where Backhoe is operated will be manned by appropriate licensed

and trained staff to ensure that the vehicle activity is performed as per the safety norms. The vehicle

operating condition is ensured every day before the work is initiated, especially with regard to its

hydraulic systems, mechanical conditions, and other operating systems. The movement of trucks for

loading of sand shall be regulated by a trained inspector who shall be responsible for the safety of

vehicle movement and prevention of accidents or incidents associated with the vehicular movement.

The staff working with backhoe and on site shall be trained in first-aid and other safety measures,

accident or incident prevention and reporting and communication mechanisms.

7.2.4 SAFETY MEASURES DURING WORKING AT SAND MINING SITE

Occupational safety and health is very closely related to productivity and good employer – employee

relationship. Some of the measures proposed for occupational safety and health have been listed

below:

Safety measures will be implemented as per mine act 1952, MMR 1961 mines rules 1955.

Protective equipment like dust mask, ear plugs\muffs and other equipments shall be provided for

use by the work persons.

Notices warning to prevent inadvertent entry of persons shall be displayed at all conspicuous

places and in particular near mine entries.

Danger signs shall be displayed near the excavations.

Security guards will be posted.

Provision of rest shelters for mine workers with amenities like resting, drinking water, toilets

facilities and site specific anti-venom provisioning etc. will be provided by lessee.

First - Aid facilities in the mining area.

Training of personnel to inculcate safety consciousness through slogans and posters.

All workers will be subjected to medical examination as per mines rule 1955 both at times of

appointment and at least once in five years. Medical camps will be organized for this activity.

Insurance of all employees as per the rules will be carried out

Regular/periodical monitoring of mine environment to ensure the efficacy of various protective

measures.

7.2.5 SAFETY MEASURES DURING SAND TRANSPORTATION

Sand transportation from the mining site to the market (20 to 30 km) is a major activity that can have

potential risks of road accidents. In order to prevent these, the following safety measures will be

proposed:


144

The vehicles will be maintained in good condition and checked thoroughly at least once a month

by the competent person authorized for the purpose by the management.

The vehicle drivers and associated staff will have appropriate licenses issued by the concerned

authorities.

All transportation within the main working should be carried out directly under the supervision

and control of the management.

The maximum permissible speed limit will be ensured.

To avoid danger while reversing the equipments/ vehicles especially at the working place /

loading points, stopper should be posted to properly guide reversing/ spotting operating,

otherwise no person should be there within 10 km radius of machine.

Avoid over loading of tippers & trucks & consequent spillage on the roads.

7.2.6 POSSIBLE RISKS DUE TO FAILURE OF WASTE DUMP & ITS CONTROL

No waste dump will be created therefore the question of failure of waste dump does not exist.

7.2.7 Other Possible Measures to Avoid Risks/ Disaster Due to River Bed Mining.

Unwanted material including mineral or spillage (if any) will not be stacked on the banks as it

will hinder the flow of water in monsoon season.

The minerals will be mined out in a uniform way so that the river flow/ course will not get

disturbed.

A safety zone of 45.0 m radius will be demarked for the wells located in the river bed.

7.5 m offset will also be left against the banks to protect side collapse\scouring and riparian

vegetation.

7.3 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY (OHS)

Healthy and safe working conditions are among the first expectations for sustainability, i.e. the

expectation that risks in mining will not deprive workers of their livelihoods or of their quality of

life. Occupational injuries and ill-health have huge social and economic implications for individuals,

their families and their communities. They also have an adverse impact on the economy of the

society as a whole. Occupational accidents and health hazards can also affect public health and

safety, and the environment. The effect on the health and safety of people, costs to the economy and

impacts the environment. Efforts will be made to address occupational health and safety with broader

social agenda for sustainable development. Hazards, which are associated with poor engineering

design, contribute to increased safety risks. Although health risks can be avoided by implementing

controls at source in the work environment, designing such controls for mining environment presents

considerable challenges because dust and noise are generated by mining itself. A range of control

measures that act together to reduce exposure to such risks is therefore necessary. These could

include methods for minimizing dust levels by reducing dust generation and methods for dilution,

suppression, capture, and containment. While significant uncertainties remain in controlling dust

exposures and maintaining the effectiveness of control the use of appropriate personal protective

equipment (PPE) is important. Occupational health and safety (OHS) is a cross-disciplinary area

concerned with protecting the safety, health and welfare of people engaged in work or employment.

The goal of all occupational health and safety programs is to foster a safe work environment.

Excessive dust, noise and vibration are the chief health hazards for the miners. Some examples of

such hazards are:

• Exposure to dust


145

• Noise exposure

• Vehicular movements

• Physical Hazards.

EXPOSURE TO DUST

Exposure to fine particulates is associated with work in most of the dust-generating stages

notably from sand handling, and transportation.

Workers with long term exposure to fine particulate dust are at risk of pneumoconiosis,

emphysema, bronchitis, and fibrosis.

Methods to prevent and control exposure to dust include the following:

• Control of dust through water spraying,

• Use of PPE, as appropriate (e.g. masks and respirators) to address residual exposures.

Pre-placement medical examination and periodical medical examination schedules

The fresh employees when taken are thoroughly medically examined under initial medical

examination and thereafter during continuation of employment; the periodic medical examination is

being done suggested by DGMS.

7.4 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ACTIVITIES

WELFARE AMENITIES

The surrounding villages will also be benefited from the proposed welfare amenities. Following

activities will be taken as a part of corporate Responsibility.

1. Regular health check up camps for the workers engaged in mines shall be organized.

2. Occupational health surveillance programme of the workers shall be undertaken periodically to

observe any contractions due to exposure to dust and take corrective measures, if required.

3. Insurance cover to all workers engaged in mines shall be provided.

4. Vocational training shall be imparted to the workers.

5. Local needs of habitants like school, crèche, veterinary hospital, sanitation, drinking water etc.

shall be considered positive.

Table No 7.1 Details of CSR

S. No. Description Amount Per Year (in lac)

1 Health check up camps for workers & Villagers

Medical Examination

Medical Camps .i.e. Blood Donation,Eye Camp etc

Helping to govt. programs to vaccination / polio/ TB etc.

0.5

2 EHS Programme of the workers

Occupational health and Safety program me of the

workers shall be undertaken periodically to observe any

contractions due to exposure to dust and take corrective

measures if required

0.5

3 Insurance cover of workers & others Facilities

a. Insurance

b. Drinking water

c. first aid box

d. welfare facilities

0.6

4 Assistance to local schools/ Hospitals/ Anganbadies etc. 1.0


146

Merit cum need Scholarships to the poor family

children's

Contribution to vocational training to needy people

Free distribution of books & uniforms to the students.

5 Sanitations and Drinking water facilities

Construction of toilets & other facilities for Public utilization

Helping and contributing to drinking water supply

1.0

6 Skilled Development Programme

Training & awareness programmes to enhancement of

farming practices

Integrated Livestock Development activities

Need based training for valuaddition to artisan

Training for Truck Drivers and assistance

0.5

7 Assistance to self help groups 0.5

Total 4.6

Supply of potable drinking water through installation of hand-pumps etc;

Promote sanitation facilities through awareness programmes and construction of community

toilets;

Formation of Self Help Groups and promote micro finance initiatives for economic

empowerment, especially for women; and

Improve transport facilities to enhance access to existing services.

*****


147

CHAPTER-8

PROJECT BENEFITS 8.0 GENERAL

The proposed river sand mining project has a significant positive impact on the socio-economic

environment of the area. It helps to sustain the development of the area. The proposed project

significantly contributes the economic development of the area and to improve standards of living.

The execution of the project i.e removal of sand will protect against widening of the river channel

and flooding of adjoining areas, bring overall improvement in the locality, neighbourhood and the

State by bringing industry, roads, water supply, electricity, employment, living standard and

economic growth. The project will provide raw material for in infrastructure development, increase

employment opportunity and improve the socioeconomic condition of the area.

8.1 EMPLOYMENT

Employment is expected during sand excavation, sand transportation, in trade and other ancillary

services. Employment in these sectors will be primarily temporary or contractual and involvement of

unskilled labour will be more. A major part of this labour force will be mainly from local villagers

who are expected to engage themselves both in agriculture and project activities. This will enhance

their income and lead to overall economic growth of the area

The proposed mining activity will generate employment to the local people in this area. The

proposed project will generate direct employment to 23 personnel. About 21 workers will be

employed in mining operations, other supporting services and 2 no‟s of managerial staff.

8.1.1 IMPROVEMENTS IN PHYSICAL AND SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The proposed project will enhance the socio-economic activities in the adjoining areas. This will

result in following benefits:-

• Improvements in physical infrastructure.

• Improvements in social infrastructure.

• Increase in employment potential.

• Contribution to the exchequer.

• Prevention of illegal mining.

• Post-mining enhancement of green cover

*****


148

CHAPTER - 9

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.0 GENERAL

The Environnemental Management Plan must be integrated into the process of mine planning so that

ecological balance of the area is maintained and adverse effects are minimized. Environmental

Management plan covers all phases of the project considering the all impacts with mitigation and

monitoring programme.

Preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is required for formulation, implementation

and monitoring of environmental protection measures during and after commissioning of the

proposed mining project.

The proposed EMP has indicated the details as to how various measures have been proposed to be

taken. The baseline setting of different relevant environmental components in the study area and

predicted potential impacts on those components due to the proposed project are documented. In this

plan, mitigation measures for the identified environmental impacts are documented for operational

stage of the proposed project in the form of an EMP. Proper environmental management plan will be

proposed for “ River Sand” mining project to mitigate the anticipate impact during the mining

operations.

9.1 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL

In the proposed mining project, the only pollution occurs from dust (Particulate Matter) during

excavation, vehicular traffic, loading / unloading etc. Regular water sprinkling arrangement will be

provided in the ML area for dust suppression. Speed limit of vehicles will be restricted to 20 kmph in

the mine area for the movement of machineries, truck & etc. to control the dust emission.

The following measures will be taken to reduce the impact on the air quality:







Dust mask provided to the workers engaged at dust generation points like excavations,

loading and unloading points.


Fugitive Dust Control Measurement A. During loading operations:-

Water sprinkling will be done during loading.

Regular maintenance of machinery and vehicles will be carried out to control dust emission

during transportation.

Overloading will be prevented.

B. During Transport Operations:-

Water sprinkling will be done during loading and on transportation routes.

It will be ensured that all transportation vehicles should carry a valid PUC certificate.


149

Utmost care will be taken to prevent spillage of bajri from the trucks during loading and

transportation.

Trucks will be covered by tarpaulin covers.

C. Plantation

Plantation will be carried out at the approach road, river bank and vicinity area

9.1.1 CONTROL OF SO2 & NOX LEVELS

The source of SO2 & NOx will be due to vehicular emissions. This will be controlled by proper &

regular maintenance and servicing of vehicles. The emissions of all vehicles used for transport will

be in accordance with the MOEF/CPCB norms.

9.1.2 MEASURE TO CONTROL DUST INHALATION

All the above measures will be adopted to prevent dust generation at mining site during excavation

activities and to be dispersed in the outside environment. However, for the safety of workers at site,

engaged at strategic locations/dust generation points like loading, handling etc., dust masks will be

provided. Dust masks will be prevent inhalation of particulate matter thereby reducing the risk of

lung diseases and other respiratory disorders among the workers.

9.2 WATER MANAGEMENT & WATER POLLUTION CONTROL

9.2.1 SURFACE WATER

The major source of surface water pollution due to sand mining is insignificant, However, the

following measures will be undertaken to prevent water pollution.

Utmost care will be taken to minimize spillage of sand.


The washing of trucks and tractor trolleys in the river will be avoided.

Mining will be avoided during the monsoon season. This will help in replenishment of sand in

the river bed.

Mining will not interest thr river bed water level or ground water table of the area.


9.2.2 GROUND WATER

There will not be any adverse effect on the ground water quality. The minor mineral does not contain

any harmful chemical, which could percolate into the ground and pollute the ground water. Hence,

no control measures are required. Septic tank and soak pits have been provided for the disposal of

domestic effluent generated from domestic activity. However, regular monitoring of quality in the

existing hand pumps/tube wells in the vicinity will be carried out both with reference to area and

times intervals to study the hydrodynamics of the strata.

9.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

As there will be no heavy earth moving machinery there will not be any major impact on noise level

due to sand mining and other association activities a detailed noise survey has been carried out and

results were cross referenced with standards and were found to be well within limits. Drilling &

Blasting will not be used for sand mining, hence no possibility of land vibration. The only impact

will be due to transportation of sand by trucks and tractor trolleys etc .As the only impact is due to

transportation of sand to the to the market though village roads, the following control measures shall

be taken to keep the ambient noise levels well within limits:

Minimum use of horns and speed limit of 20 km in the village area.




150



Degradation of land is not a very significant adverse impact of riverbed mining due creation of

access roads, mining operations, transportation of mined material. In order to prevent the

environmental degradation of leased mine area and its surroundings, the following measures will be

taken;

• Safe clearance will be mainly determined by the width of the river bed.

• Creation of ponds and pits on the river bed will not be allowed.

• Mining will be carried out during daylight only.

• No foreign material will be allowed to remain/spill in river bed and catchment area, or no

pits/pockets will be allowed to be filled with such material.

As the lease area in quite large and long in length systematic extraction will be carried out to

prevent seasonal scouring and enhanced erosion.

45.0 m radius around the well located in the river bed will not have any mining activity.

Measures will be taken to prevent the working form crossing safety zones. Cutting the banks and

3.0 m depth limit of the river bed surface.

As the lease area in quite large and long in length systematic extraction will be carried out to

prevent seasonal scouring and enhanced erosion.

Mining on the concave side of the river channel should be avoided to prevent bank erosion.

Similarly meandering segment of river will be selected to prevent natural eroding banks and to

promote mining on natural building (aggrading) meanders component.

9.4.1 POST MINING LAND USE

At the end of mining plan period about 16.75 Ha area will be mined out. Land use at various stages is

given in the table below.

Table No: 9.1 Land use pattern of mining lease area at various phases

S.N. Particulars Present land

use (ha)

At the end of

3rd

year (Ha)

At the end of 5th

year (Ha)

1 Mine area 0.0 10.05 16.75

2 Dump area 0.0 - -

3 Safety

zone

Permanent Roads

(6no.)

16.33 16.33 16.33

4 Infrastructure (office, temp,

shelter etc)

- - -

5 Mineral Storage - - -

6 Plantation - - -

7 Un worked Area 318.70 308.65 301.95

Total

335.03 335.03 335.03

9.5 SOIL CONSERVATION

There is no soil over mineralized area; however the receding floods in the monsoon season

deposit some clay /soil carried down by river water. It is hardly a few millimetres thick and of

not much consequence. Even in the areas of no mining activity the process of deposition in


151

one season and transportation of previously deposited material in the next season takes place

along with deposition of fresh material by receding floods. Soil quality will be monitored in

the area surrounding the core zone used for agricultural activity to check for any negative

impacts on the soil quality. Plantation activity shall be undertaken in consultation with village

Panchayat near the river banks, village roadside to improve the land quality, aesthetics and

reduce soil erosion.

9.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

The mining activity will have insignificant effect on the existing flora and fauna. Data have

been collected from various Government Departments such as forests, agriculture, animal

husbandry and various offices to establish the pre project biological environmental

conditions.

9.6.1 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT

Greenbelt development programme will be designed within the natural constraints of the river sand

area and in particular species selection reflects flora known to be resistant to the local conditions.

A Greenbelt development is necessary for:

1. Landscaping and providing shelter

2. Help in reducing Pollution level

3. Surface air purification by providing oxygen and letting SPM to settle on the leaves.

4. To attenuate noise generation by movement of vehicles and other machinery.

5. Prevent soil erosion to great extent

6. Improve ecological conditions.

7. Improves the aesthetics & beneficially influence the microclimate of the surrounding.

The following characteristics will be taken into consideration while selecting plant species for green

belt development and tree plantation.

I. They should be local indigenous and drought resistant species.

II. They should be fast growing and tall trees.

III. They should be perennial and evergreen.

IV. They should have thick canopy cover.

V. The planting should be in appropriate alternate rows around the site to prevent lateral

pollution dispersion.

VI. The trees should maintain regional ecological balance and conform to soil and hydrological

conditions. Indigenous species should be preferred.

VII. Native species will be planted as per CPCB guidelines.

9.6.2 PLANTATION PROGRAMME

The lease is in the river bed and devoid of any vegetation. Mining activities will not cause any harm

to riparian vegetation cover as the working will not extend beyond the offset left against the banks. It

is proposed to have plantation on both sides of the roads & along the bank of river as greenbelt to

provide cover against dust dissemination plantation will also be carried out as social forestry

programmed in villages school and the areas allocated by the Panchayat\ State authorities.

The following plant species will be planted according to CPCB guidelines: Cassia fistula(Amaltas),

Delbergia sisso(Sisam), Mangifera indica (Mango), Acacia nilotica (Babul), Azadirachta

indica(Neem), Albizza lebbek (Siris), Prosopis cineraria (Khejri), Delonix regia (Gulmohar), Neem

(Azadirachta indica), Butea monosperm (Palash), Phoenix sylvestris (Khajur), Peepal (Ficus

religiosa) , Calotropis procera (Akada),Siris (Albizia lebbeck)etc.


152

A suitable combination of trees that can grow fast and also have good leaf cover shall be adopted to

develop the greenbelt. It is proposed to plant 800 no‟s of native speciesper year along with trees,

herbs, shrubs & grassess.

Table No: 9.2 Greenbelt developments Programme

Year No. of

Sapling

Survival

(70%)

Species Place of Plantation

1st Year 800 560 Neem, Aam, Pipal,

Babul,Palash,Akada

Sisam, Sirish, Ardu,

Eucalyptus, Gulmohar

etc.

In schools,public

building, Govt waste

land and other social

forestry programme

with permission of

competent authority.

2nd

Year 800 560

3rd

Year 800 560

4th

Year 800 560

5th

Year 800 560

Total 4000 2800

Area covered by trees = 600x 25 = 15000 m2

Area covered by shrubs = 200x 09 = 1800 m2

Area covered by herbs & Grasses = 100x 00 = 000 m2

Total Area = 16800 m2

Table No 9.3

Botanical name Common Name

Plant species for Road side, Nearby Villages,school etc.

Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka

Butea monosperma Palas

Syzygium thysi Jamun

Mangifera indica Aam

Ficus religiosa Peepal

Cassia fistula Amaltas

Azadirachta indica Neem

Bauhinia purpuriai Papeli

Dalbergia sissoo Shisham

Pongamia pinnata Karanj

Tectona grandis Teak

Delonix regia Kachnar

Boswellia serrata Salar

List of the Shrubs

Eucalyptus canaldulensis Eucalyptus

Polyalthania Longifolia Ashok

Ziziphus mauritiana Ber

Capparis decidua Kair

List of Herbs

Rose Centifolia Rose

Lawsonia Inermis Mehandi

Datura metal Duranta


153

Calendula officinalis Merigold

List of Grasses

Chlorophytum tuberosum Safed musli

9.6.3 GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

i. Plantation of trees will be done along road side and nearby areas such as in school, villages etc.to

arrest auto-exhaust and noise pollution, and in such a way that there is no direct line of sight to

the mine when viewed from a point outside the foliage perimeter.

ii. Since tree trunks are normally devoid of foliage (upto 3 m), it will be appropriate to have

shrubbery in form of such trees to give coverage to trunk portion of these trees.

iii. Fast growing trees with thick perennial foliage will be grown, as it will take many years for trees

to grow to their full height.

In order to facilitate the proper growth of vegetation, limited measures involving preparation of

seedbed with suitable amount of fertilizers and treatment with mulches will be taken.

Vegetation covers in and around the mine workings generally helps in:

Stabilizing erodible slopes to minimize pollution.

Control of dust.

Enhancement of aesthetic value.

Maximizing evapo-transpiration, which helps minimizing run off.

Reducing noise.

9.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

This project operation will provide livelihood to the poorest section of the society. The overall

impact of riverbed mining of sand on the social economics of the area will be a very positive one, as

not only it will generate employment opportunities for local population at mine site but also in

associated activity i.e. for transportation of mined material, etc . It will also give a good boost to the

general economy of the area. The mining activity in the lease area will thus give direct employment

to about 23 persons engaged in extraction of sand, loading of material into tractor trolleys and tipper

trucks.

9.7.1 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS AND EVALUATION

The results of the field survey conducted based on a questionnaire prepared to understand the

knowledge and perception of the people living around the project area, gives a clear idea about the

need for the project. The awareness level regarding the proposed mining activity is very high. The

proposed mining activity is expected to provide stimulus to socio-economic activities in the region

and thereby accelerate further development processes.

9.8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY

The proposed mining is to be carried out by semi-mechanized opencast mining. Dust and noise are

the general health hazards for the miners. The project proponent will strictly implement all the

prescribed safety measures, although the magnitude of mining is very less. High safety is ensured in

the working conditions of the miners. Since it is an opencast mine, health problems due to dust may

be expected. Protective equipment will be provided to the employees such as dust masks. By using

these PPEs, the chances of occupational health diseases will be lowered. The health of the workers

will be regularly checked and suitable medical facilitates will be created by the lessees. By periodical

medical checkup & treatment and job rotation of employees, the impact would be minimized.


154

9.9 BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR EMP IMPLEMENTATION & MONITORING

It is necessary to include the environmental cost as a part of the budgetary cost component. As per

the Rajasthan Minor Mineral Concession (Third Amendment) Rules, 2012 dated 08-10-2012, lessee

will deposit contribution in environment management fund to meet out the financial requirement of

association/agency for carrying out environmental protection work as per the environment

management plan @Rs. 5/- per ton of mineral dispatch.Presently lease holder already deposited

E.M.F @Rs. 5/- per ton of mineral dispatch to State Mining Department.

Sufficient fund allocation will be made towards environmental management and monitoring

program. In order to implement the environmental protection measures, timely funds will be released

as per requirement. It is proposed to invest a capital cost of Rs. 3.0 lac on pollution control, green

belt and environmental monitoring systems with recurring amount of Rs.10.0 lac per annum.Total

EMP Budget for Proposed project is 13.0 Lac. The break-up of the investment is given in the

following Table-9.4

Table -9.4 Annual capital cost for environmental protection measures

S.

No. Particulars Frequency

Capital cost (Rs.) Recurring cost (Rs.)

Existing Proposed Existing Proposed

1 Pollution

Control

Water Sprinkling

Regular Nil 2.0 Lac Nil 40,000 Per Annum

= 2.0 Lac

2 Pollution

Monitoring

i.e Water, Air,

Soil & Noise etc.

Half Yearly Nil -- Nil 0.85 Per Annum

= 4.25 Lac (for 5 Years)

3 Green Belt

Development

@ 800 Plant

Per Year

Nil -- Nil 6,000 Per Annum

= 0.3 Lac

4 Budget for

Conservation of

Schedule Ist

Fauna

Yearly Nil 0.65 Lac Nil 2000 Per Year

= 10,000 (for 5 Years)

5 Others (specify)

I. Haul

road and other

roads repair

and

maintenance

Regular

Nil

--

Nil

40000 Per Annum

= 2.0 Lac

II. Wire

fencing at

plantation site

Nil -- Nil 4000 Per Annum

= 0.20 Lac

III. Rainwater

Harvesting

Nil 1.0 Lac Nil 10000 Per Annum

= 0.5 Lac

Total (13.00 Lac For 5 Years) Nil 3.65 Lac Nil 9.35 Lac

*****


155

CHAPTER: 10

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

10.1 INTRODUCTION OF PROJECT & PROPONENT

M/s Rajasthan Fort & Palace Pvt Ltd,Jaipur (Company) propose to develop a River Sand mine in,

Revenue villages (covering 21 villages) of Tehsil: Kapasan, District Chittorgarh, State: Rajasthan

having lease area is 335.03 Ha., does not fall in forest land. It has been proposed to collect sand from

the river bed, nadi & nallas. River beds and nalas under mining lease areas are owned by Govt. of

Rajasthan. Mining lease is award for fresh grant to state Mining Department for a period of 05 years

with effect from the date of registration.

Mining will be confined to the allotted lease area which lies on the river bed of Berach River from

which approximately 1.40 lac Ton of sand will be excavated and the estimated project cost is Rs. 60

lac.

LOCATION

The mining area is located in 21 revenue villages of Tehsil: Kapasan, District: Chittorgarh. The

mining lease/proposed project area falls in Survey of India Toposheet No 45L/1, 45L/2, 45L/5,

45L/6 & 45L/9.

Table No.10.1 Details of Environmental Setting

S. No. Particulars Details

1 Location

a Village 21 Revenue villages of Kapasan Tehsil

b Tehsil Kapasan

c District Chittorgarh

d State Rajasthan

e River name Berach

f Length of River 35 km

2 Land use at the lease area River bed

3 Nearest habitation Kapasan

4 Nearest major town Kapasan

5 Nearest Highway 1. SH-09 (8 km from Mining Lease Area)

2.NH-76 (4 km fromMining Lease Area)

6 Nearest railway station Chittorgarh (Aerial distance 20 Km)

7 Nearest airport Dabok (Udaipur) (Aerial distance 55 Km )

8 Nearest tourist places Chittorgarh

9 Defence installations No, within in 10 km radius

10 Archaeological important No, within in 10 km radius

11 Ecological sensitive zones No, within in 10 km radius

12 Reserve Forest P/Patches Forest Patches Distance from lease area

Fairly dense mixed

Jungle

5.5 km towards North.



156

The salient features of the project are given below:

Table 10.1 Salient features

S. No. Particulars Details

1. Project Name River Sand Mining at Revenue village of Tehsil:

Kapasan,District: Chittorgarh (Raj)

2. Proposed Capacity 1.40 LTPA

3 Method of mining Open cast semi-mechanized

4 Mineable reserves 109.39 LacTonnes

5 Lease Area 335.03 Ha.(Govt, River bed,Gair mumkin nadi )

6 Water Requirement Total Water requirement : 6 KLD

Domestic water demand : 3 KLD

Dust Suppression & Plantation : 3 KLD

7 Source of Water Tanker water supply

8. Manpower 23

9 Wastewater generation Nil

10 Solid waste/OB

generation

Nil

11 Project Cost Rs. 60 Lac

12 EMP costs Rs. 13.0 Lac

13 Cost towards CSR

activities

Rs. 4.60 Lac

10.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

10.2.1 DESCRIPTION OF SAND MINING OPERATIONS


blasting is not required as the material is soft in nature. As per MMCR rules 1986 extraction is

limited to 3.0 m depth only from the surface. Entire stretch of the lease area is around 35.0 km long

has been divided in to five block only for smooth working. Mineral will be removed in 3.0 m layer

only forming one bench. Bench will advance from South west to North East direction in the river.

Height of bench will be 3.0 mt. Light weight excavators will be deployed for extraction. Mineral will

be loaded in trucks of 20 tones capacity trucks and equipment, earth movers will be on hire basis.

There will be no overburden or waste generation because the Bajri is exposed in the river bed.

WORKING DEPTH

The ultimate depth of the open cast mine will be 3 m below river bed or above the ground water table

whichever is less. Under no circumstances it will intersect with ground water table.

R.F. dense mixed

jungle

7.8 km towards North-East

13 Nearby River nadi/nallah Wagli river

Jasshma Nala

Baram Nala

14 Seismic zone Zone-II. No major event is reported in past.


157

LAND

The proposed river sand mining spreads in an area of 335.03 Ha, which is government land.

WATER

The water requirement in the mine is 6 KLD for mining activities, dust suppression, drinking

purpose and greenbelt development.

POWER

All the activities will be carried out only during day time. Hence, no power is required.

10.3 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITES

Proposed River sand mining is a site specific project. Mining activities shall be carried out based on

local geology and availability of the mineral. ML area is owned by the proposed proponent, which is

a government traverse land devoid of any settlements. Hence no alternative sites are envisaged.

10.4 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

Baseline environmental studies were conducted to monitor micro-meteorology, ambient air quality,

ground and surface water quality, noise levels, present land use pattern, soil quality, biological

environment and socio-economic status within a study area of 10 Km. radius around the mining lease

area. Baseline environmental data was monitored by M/s NoidaTesting Lab, Greater Noida for one

full season i.e. Post-Monsoon season, 2013 (October-November-December). The baseline data

conforms to the requirement of REIA Notification, 2006 (as amended on 14.09.2006).

(I) AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

Ambient air quality monitoring has been carried out with a frequency of two days per week at five

locations. These are compared with the standards prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board

(CPCB) for rural and residential zone. Results revealed that all the monitored parameters like (PM10,

PM2.5, NO2, SO2 & CO) were found within the prescribed limit. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

reveals that the concentrations of PM10, SO2, NO2 & CO for all the 5 AAQM stations were found

within prescribed Limit. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring reveals that the concentrations of PM10,

PM2.5 for all the 5 AAQM stations were found between 48.57 to 72.59μg/m3 and 20.01 to

40.58μg/m3 respectively. As far as the gaseous pollutants SO2 and NO2 are concerned, the prescribed

CPCB limit of 80μg/m3 has never surpassed at any station. The concentrations of SO2 were found in

range of 10.24 to 16.59μg/m3. The concentrations of NO2 were found in range of 18.01 to

25.98μg/m3.The Concentration of CO were found in range of 0.51to 0.54mg/m

3.

(II) GROUND WATER QUALITY

5 ground water samples have been considered in and around the proposed lease area. The analysis

result shows that all the parameters found within the permissible limit. The analysis results indicate

that the pH ranges from 7.31 to 7.68 of study area. The TDS (Total Dissolved Solids) was found in

the range 896.2mg/L to 1121.0mg/L. It is seen that the physico-chemical analysis of other

parameters like Chloride, Calcium, Magnesium, Nitrate and Fluoride were found within desirable

limit of IS (10500:2012).

(III) NOISE QUALITY

The noise monitoring has been conducted for determination of noise levels at five locations covering

10 km study area. In the study area higher Noise value of 54.2 dB (A) was recorded during day time


158

in Khempura (Near Bus Stand) & lower Noise value of 34.2 dB (A) was recorded during night time

in village Gumanpura (Near govt. Secondary School).

(IV) ECOLOGY

There are no rare endemic, endangered species & threatened species of flora within the study area.

Pavocristatus (Peacock) is the schedule-I Fauna found in the study area. There are no national parks,

sanctuaries, tiger/ Elephant corridors, migratory route for birds etc. There are no Ecologically Sensitive

Areas present in the study area.

(V) SOIL QUALITY

Samples collected from identified locations indicate pH value ranging from 7.50 to 7.80, which

shows that the soil is slightly alkaline in nature. Organic Matter ranges from 0.32% to 0.37 % in the

soil samples.

(VI) SOCIO-ECONOMIC



of the society in this region. There is no R & R involvement in this project. There is no land acquisition

in this project. The Project is expected to yield a positive impact on the socio-economic environment. It

helps sustain the development of this area including further development of infrastructure facilities.

10.5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

The summary of anticipated adverse environmental impacts due to the proposed project and

mitigation measures are given below:-

10.5.1 IMPACT DUE TO AIR POLLUTION AND ITS MANAGEMENT

Air pollution is likely to be caused at various stages of sand mining operations such as excavation,

loading, transportation and screening of material. Particulate Matter (PM10) is the main pollutants

during Sand mining operations. Most of the dust will be generated from loading, screening and

transportation operations. This dust becomes air borne and gets carried away to surrounding areas.

The impact on air is mainly localized in nature as the dust particles are not carried to longer distances

and the effect is felt within the core zone of the project involving active Sand mining operations.

In order to mitigate fugitive dust emissions and other air emissions from the project activities, the

following measures are proposed to be adopted.

1. To avoid fugitive dust emissions at the time of excavation, the mining area will be wetted by

water spraying.

2. To avoid fugitive dust emissions sand screening activity will be carried out at mines so as to

prevent spreading of dust.

3. Effective dust suppression arrangements will be made at the ground level sand bunkers at the

mines.

4. Sand is transported to the nearest market by road through trucks. The sand will be wetted after

loading in to the truck and will be covered by tarpaulin sheets.

5. To minimize the vehicular pollution from the sand transporting vehicles, the following conditions

are insisted to permit the vehicles of the transporters:


159

The vehicles will be with good engine condition and will be maintain pollution control

certificate issued by appropriate authorities.

Regular maintenance of transport vehicles and monitoring of vehicular emission levels at

periodical intervals.

6. Black topping and regular maintenance of sand transportation roads.

7. Ambient Air quality Monitoring will be carried out at four stations to assess the air quality in and

around the project for taking necessary control measures.

8. Green belt development along the access roads at mine premises and near the sand mining site.

10.5.2 IMPACT DUE TO NOISE POLLUTION AND ITS MANAGEMENT

Noise environment in this project will be affected only by the machineries at the site and vehicular

transportation. Since mining is done semi-mechanically, slight increase in noise levels can be

expected. Baseline Noise levels are observed to be well within the limits in the monitored villages.


In order to mitigate noise generation from the mining activities, the following mitigation measures

are proposed:

1 Since the noise generating is only through mechanical equipment and movement of vehicles,

strict compliance to periodical maintenance of the vehicle conditions will be insisted.

2. Further, to protect the employees and workmen at the sites of loading and use of Backhoe,

necessary safety wear like ear plugs will be provided.

3. Noise monitoring at the work places will be carried out to ensure the compliance.

10.6 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAMME

An Environmental monitoring programme has been prepared for the proposed project for periodical

assessment of effectiveness of implementation of Environment Management Plan and to take

corrective measures in case of any degradation in the surrounding environment.

10.7 PROJECT BENEFIT

The project activity will help in combating the growing demand of sand in the market & hence will

help in the economic growth of the country. This project will lead to direct & indirect employment

opportunity. Employment is expected during sand excavation, sand transportation, in trade and other

ancillary services. Employment in these sectors will be primarily temporary or contractual and

involvement of unskilled labor will be more. A major part of this labor force will be mainly from

local villagers who are expected to engage themselves both in agriculture and project activities. This

will enhance their income and lead to overall economic growth of the area.

10.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

Environmental management plan will be proposed for “Sand” mining project to mitigate the

anticipate impact during the mining operation. M/s RFPPL has prepared an Environmental

Management Plan for the proposed sand mining project. The final REIA/EMP of the proposed

project will be submitted to Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), New Delhi, for obtaining

environmental clearance for the project, in accordance with Environment Impact Assessment

(REIA) Notification No. 1533 dated 14.09.2006. The approved Environment Management Plan

will be implemented throughout the life of the project and half-yearly monitoring report showing the


160

compliance status of conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance letter will be submitted to

MoEF in every six months.

10.8.1 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT







Dust mask provided to the workers engaged at dust generation points like excavations, loading

and unloading points.


10.8.2 WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT


Mining will not intersect the river bed water level or ground water table of the area.


10.8.3 NOISE MANAGEMENT

Minimum use of horns and speed limit of 20 km in the village area.




10.8.4 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

There will be no generation of Overburden/waste material. No backfilling has been proposed in the

excavated zone of river to some extent will be replenished by sediment during rainy season.

10.8.5 MANAGEMENT OF LAND USE PATTERN

The total lease area is 335.03 Ha. At the end of mining plan period about 16.75 Ha areas will be

mined out.

10.8.6 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT & PLANTATION PROGRAMME

It is proposed to plant 800 no‟s of native species per year along with some fruits bearing and

medicinal trees during the five year plan period. The following plant species will be planted

according to CPCB guidelines: Cassia fistula(Amaltas), Delbergia sisso(Sisam), Mangifera indica

(Mango), Acacia nilotica (Babul), Azadirachta indica(Neem), Albizza lebbek (Siris), Prosopis

cineraria (Khejri), Delonix regia (Gulmohar), Neem (Azadirachta indica), Butea monosperm

(Palash), Phoenix sylvestris (Khajur), Peepal (Ficus religiosa) , Calotropis procera (Akada),Siris

(Albizia lebbeck) etc.



161

The implementation of the sand mining project will generate both direct and indirect employment.

Besides, it will provide a check on existing system of mining operation. Since the quarries will be

allotted on lease basis, mining operation will be legally valid and it will bring income to the state

exchequer. It will also reduce flooding of river banks, destruction of standing crops, land and

property to a great extent. With the implementation of the proposed mining project the occupational

pattern of the people in the area will change making more people engaged in industrial and business

activities. Further, the mining and industrial activities in the area may lead to rapid increase in

population and thereby urbanization. Due to urbanization of the area, employment opportunities will

further increase.

10.9 CONCLUSION

There will not be any kind of major pollution due to the mining activity, as proper pollution control

measures will be implemented with environment friendly technology. There will be “Zero Water

Discharge”, as the domestic wastewater generated from the mine office will be disposed off to soak

pit via septic tank.

As discussed, it is safe to say that the proposed facilities are not likely to cause any significant

impact to the ecology of the area, as adequate preventive measures will be adopted to keep the

various pollutants within the permissible limits. Green belt development around the area will also be

taken up as an effective pollution mitigative technique, as well as to serve as biological indicators for

the pollutants released from the premises of “Proposed River sand Mine”.

*****


162

CHAPTER - 11:

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS Name of the Project: River Sand Mining at Revenue village of Tehsil: Kapasan,District:

Chittorgarh (Raj)

Project Proponent: M/s Rajasthan Fort & Palace Pvt Ltd

Nature of

consultancy

Name and address of the

Consultant/expert

Approvals, if any from (NABL/

DGMS/ IBM/ NRBPT/ MOEF/

CPCB/others etc)*, give reference

REIA/ EMP

Organization

Enviro Concept(I) Pvt Ltd

1/3 A, Yudhister Marg,

C-Scheme,Jaipur

ISO 9000-2008 certified.

EMS 14001

Applied for NABET Accreditation

Permission Granted by Honble

High Court of Rajasthan,Copy of

the same is enclosed as Annexure

No. 5

Env. Coordinator Devendra Goyal

FAE-LU Dr. K.N.Joshi

FAE-AP Mr. Devendra Goyal

Mr. Ghanshyam Das

FAE-AQ Dr. Mr. Devendra Goyal

Mr. Ghanshyam Das

FAE-WP Mr. A.K.Seth

FAE-EB

Mr. Pramod Dagla

Associate FAE: Mr. RK

Kumawat

FAE-NV

Dr. Devendra Goyal

Associate FAE: Mr. RK

Kumawat

FAE-SE Dr.K.N.Joshi

FAE-HG Dr. M.L.Jhanwar

FAE-G Dr. M.L.Jhanwar

FAE-RH Mr. Deepak Sharma

Soil Conservation Mr. O.P.Mathur

FAE-SHW Mr. Devendra Goyal

Environmental

Monitoring &

analysis

Noida Testing Laboratories Ltd.

Greater Noida


163

Rainwater

Harvesting

--

I hereby undertake that all the points raised in the TOR issued by MOE&F are complied with. I

also undertake that the facts given in the Final REIA/EMP report are factually correct to the best

of our knowledge.

REIA Coordinator

Enviro Concept (I) Pvt Ltd

Jaipur

I hereby accept all the liabilities and obligations associated with the working and results of the above

organizations herein with the report.

(Signature & Name of Project Proponent)


164

REFERENCES

1. Ambient Air Quality Standard in Respect of Noise

2. Approved Mining Plan.

3. CPCB Standards for surface water, Indian Standards (IS: 1982)

4. District Census Book, 2001

5. District Census, 2011

6. District Planning Map Jaipur, D.S.T.

7. Forest Department, Aravali Bhawan,

8. Central Ground Water Authority Publication

9. Geological Survey of India Publications.

10. Drinking Water Standards (10500:2012)

11. National Ambient Air Quality Standard by CPCB

12. Indian Meteorological Department, Jaipur.

13. Rajasthan District Gazetteers, Jaipur.

14. The Environmental Protection Act 1986.


165

TOR APPROVAL LETTER ANNEXURE :1


166


167


168


169


170


171


172

LETTER OF INTENT ANNEXURE: 2


173


174


175


176


177


178


179


180


181


182

ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY

The Environmental policy and its objectives have been approved by Board of Directors on

11.12.2014 and copy of Board minutes enclosed as Annexure-17

Policy:

“To be a role model in protection of environment for sustainable development, Company is

committed to implement the best global practices in all its operations through prevention / mitigation

of pollution and bringing awareness among all the stakeholders for continual improvement in

environmental performance”

Objectives:

• To take account of environment concerns in planning and decision-making.

• Compliance of conditions imposed in Environmental Clearance, CTE, CTO and other statutory

clearances issued by regulatory agencies.

To monitor and measure environment parameters in order to assess and analyze the level and to

control them to conform or improve in accordance with environment policy and objectives.

To evolve significant environment aspects and environment management programme for

continuous improvement.

• Identification of significant impacts and preparation of environment management systems for

implementation at mines

• Optimum utilization of resources

• To take up developmental works in surrounding villages as a part of corporate social

Responsibility (CSR)

Monitoring & Maintenance of plantation development.

• To provide appropriate training and disseminate information to enable all the employees to accept

individual responsibility for environment protection, implement best practices and work in

partnership to create a culture of continual improvement.

The Environmental Policy, objectives and guidelines will be display of the same at the conspicuous

places for bringing awareness among the employees of Sand Mining.


183

Authorized Signatory

Organization Structure

Non-Compliance Reporting System

1. In case of any Violation of any environmental Norms, case will be put to the higher authority of

the company.

2. Environmental Monitoring .i.e Air, Water Noise will be conveyed to respective person/Laboratory

for taking up necessary corrective action.

Manager

(Mines & Environment)

Mine Foreman

Supervisor

Environment Management Cell

Head of the Environment


184

PROFORMA FOR ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL OF MINING PROJECTS

(MINING SECTOR PROJECTS)

1. General Information

Name of the project : Proposed River Sand mining area at Revenue villages of

Kapasan Tehsil, District: Chittorgarh

(a) Name of the proponent : M/s. Rajasthan Fort & Palace Pvt. Ltd.

Mailing Address : 312, Ganpati Plaza, MI Road, Jaipur

E-mail : [email protected] ,[email protected]

Telephone : 0141-2221674

Fax No. : 0141-4013879

(b) Objective of the project : River Sand Mining area at revenue villages of Kapasan Tehsil,

District: Chittorgarh

(c) Location of mine (s)

Village(s) Tehsil District State

21 Kapasan Chittorgarh Rajasthan

(d) Does the proposal relate to

(i) New mine Yes No

(ii) Expansion Yes No

Increase in ML area Yes No

Increase in annual production Yes No

(iii) Renewal of ML Yes No

(iv) Modernization

Yes

No

√

√

√

Note 1: All information to be given in the form of Annex/s should be properly numbered and form part of reply to

this proforma.

NOTE 2: PLEASE ENTER √ IN APPROPRIATE BOX WHERE ANSWER IS- YES / NO

Note 3: No abbreviation to be used - Not available or not applicable should be clearly mentioned.

Note 4: Core zone is the mining lease area.

Buffer zone in case of ML area up to 25 ha is to be considered as 5 km all around the periphery of the core

zone and for ML area above 25 ha. an area 10 km all around the periphery of the core zone.

Note 5 : Adopt Scoping process in carrying out EIA study.

Note 6 : Please indicate source of data.

√

√

√




185

(e) Site Information

(i) Geographical Location

Latitude

Longitude

Survey of India Topo sheet number

Elevation above Mean Sea Level

Total mining lease area (in ha.)

(II) DOMINANT NATURE OF TERRAIN

Flat Yes No

Undulated Yes No

Hilly Yes No

2. Land usage of the mining lease area (in ha.)

(a) Agricultural

(b) Forest

(c) Waste land

(d) Grazing

(e) Surface water bodies

(f) Others (Specify) River Bed Area

Total

Nil

24 44‟13.1”N to 24 47‟29.06” N

√

√

√

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

335.03 Ha

335.03 Ha

74 07‟11.3” E to 74 26‟22.04” E

45L/1, 45L/2, 45L/5, 45L/6 &

45L/9 419 mSL to 517 mSL

335.03Ha

FINAL REIA / EMP REPORT FOR RIVER SAND MINING PROJECT TEHSIL: KAPASAN DISTRICT:

CHITTORGARH 2014-15

186 D// FRREIA/201413

3. Indicate the seismic zone in which ML area falls. In case of zone IV & V, details of earth quakes in last 10

years.

Seismic Zone -II

(a) Severity (Richter scale)

(b) Impact i.e. Damage to

Life Yes No

Property Yes No

Existing mine Yes No

4. Break-up of mining lease area (in ha.) as per approved conceptual plan:

Purpose

Mining Lease Area

Total

Area acquired Area to be acquired

Government Private Government Private Government Private

Forest Others Agri. Others Forest Oth

ers Agri. Others

Fore

st Others Agri.

Other

s

1. Area to be excavated Nil 16.75 Ha Nil Nil 16.75

Ha Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

2. Storage for top soil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 3. Overburden / Dumps Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 4. Mineral storage Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 5. Infrastructure (Workshop,

Administrative Building)

Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

6. Roads Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 7. Railways Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 8. Green Belt Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 9.Tailings pond Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 10.Effluent treatment plant Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 11.Coal handling plant /

mineral separation plant

Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

12. Township area Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil 13.Other (Specify) Nil Nil -- Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

TOTAL Nil 16.75 Ha Nil Nil 16.75

Ha

Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Nil Nil

5. Township (outside mining lease) - Not Applicable

(a) Total area (in ha)

(b) No. of dwelling units

(c) Distance from mine site

6. Distance of water bodies (in km)

Distance

from

River Bank *

Other Water bodies *

Sea / creek / lake / nalla etc. (specify)

Mining lease boundary

--

1. Jashma Ka Nala

2. Wagli River

3. Baram Nala

Ancillary facilities

-- --

[* From highest flood line / high tide line]

7. For projects falling within the Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ)

Whether the mineral to be mined is of rare

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

√

√

√

√


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

187 D// FRREIA/201413

nature and not available outside CRZ? Yes No

if yes, annex a scaled location map showing low tide line (LTL), high tide line (HTL) duly demarcated by one of the authorized agencies* [

*Director, Space Application Centre, Ahmedabad: Centre for Earth Sciences Studies, Thiruvananthapuram: Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University, Chennai: Institute of Wetland Management & Ecological Designs, KolKata: Naval Hydrographers’s Office, Dehradun:

National Institute of Oceanography, Panjim, Goa: and National Institute of Ocean Technology, Chennai], boundary of mining lease area,

distance of ML area from LTL and HTL CRZ boundary and CRZ classification of the project area as per the approved Coastal Zone Management Plan, and settlements, sand dunes, mangroves, forest land/patches, turtles breeding and nesting sites etc., if any, in the project

area.

8. Indicate aerial distance from the periphery of core zone / area from the periphery of the buffer zone to

the boundary of following (up to 10 km):

S.

No. Areas Name

AERIAL

DISTANCE (IN

KM.) FROM

Core Zone

BUFFE

R

ZO

NE 1. National Park / Sanctuary Nil Nil

2. Biosphere Reserve / Tiger Reserve /

Elephant Reserve / any other Reserve

Nil Nil

3. Forest (RF / PF / unclassified)

There are 3 Forest Patches present within 10km of study

area as follows:

Forest Patches Distance from lease

area



R.F. dense mixed jungle 7.8 km towards North-

East

4. Habitat for migratory birds Nil Nil

5. Corridor for animals of schedule I & II of

the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 Nil Nil

6.

Archaeological sites

* Notified

* Others

Nil Nil

7. Defance Installation Nil Nil

8. Industries / Thermal Power Plants Nil Nil

9. Other Mines Nil Nil

10. Airport Nil Nil

11. Railway Lines Nil Nil

12. National / State Highways Nil Nil [* Buffer zone in case of ML area up to 25 ha. is to be considered as 5 km all around the periphery of the core zone and for ML area above 25 ha. an

area 10 km all around the periphery of the core zone].

9. Description of flora & fauna separately in the core and buffer zones.*

[* Consult the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 as amended subsequently and list species with (1) Common name (2)

Scientific name and (3) under which schedule of the Wildlife (Protection) Act the identified species fall. Get the list

authenticated by an Expert in the field / credible scientific institute / University / Chief Wildlife Warden office.

Information to be based on field survey.]

A. Flora Core Zone Buffer Zone


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

188 D// FRREIA/201413

1. Agricultural crops None Kharif Crops-Maize, Pulses,Sesame, Soyabean

Fennel, & Cluster Beans,Cotton,etc.

Rabi Crops-Wheat,

Mustard,Rai, Taramira, & Cumin etc.

2. Commercial crops None Mustered, Onion, Cotton & Garlic etc

3. Plantation None None

4. Natural vegetation / forest

type

Babool, Neem,

Dhok,Imli,Gulmohar

Dhok ,Neem,Dhak,Kassod,Amaltash

Shesham,Lasoda,Gulmohar,Bargad,Pipal

Kankera,Shahtoot,Khajoor,Ashok,Karanj

5. Grass lands None None

6. Endangered species None None

7. Endemic species None None

8. Others (Specify) None None

B. Fauna

1. Total listing of faunal elements 16 55

2. Endangered species Nil 1

3. Endemic species Nil Nil

4. Migratory species Nil Nil

5. Details of aquatic fauna, if

applicable

Nil Nil

10. Details of mineral reserves (as per approved Mining Plan)

Quantity (in million tons)

(a) Proved

(b) Indicated

(c) Inferred

(d) Mineable reserves

11. Major geological formation / disturbances in the mining lease area

(a) Geological maps submitted Yes No

(b) Geological sections submitted Yes No

(c) Contour map submitted Yes No

(d) Whether the presence, if any, noted of

(i) Faults Yes No

(ii) Dykes Yes No

(iii) Shear Zone Yes No

(iv) Folds Yes No

(v) Other weak zones Yes No

(e) Source of data (Indicate)

14071260 Tones

√

---

----

10939950 Tones

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

Geological Survey of India, Approved Mining Plan


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

189 D// FRREIA/201413

12. Production of mineral(s) and life of mine

(a) Rated capacity of mine mineral wise (Tonnes / annum)

(b) Life of mine at proposed capacity (Years)

(c) Lease period (Years)

(d) Date of expiry of lease (D /M /Y)

(e) Indicate in case of existing mines

Not Applicable

(i) Date of opening of mine

(ii) Production in the last 5 years 1st year 5

th year

from year……… to year ………

IN MILLION TONNES.

(iii) Projected production for the next 6th

to 10th

year

5 years from year 2013 to year

2018 IN MILLION TONNES.

(iv) Whether mining was suspended after Yes

No

opening of the mine?

If yes, details thereof including last production

figure and reason for the same.

(f) Whether plans & sections provided? Yes

No

13. Type and method of mining operations

TYPE METHOD Opencast Manual

Underground Semi-mechanised

Both Mechanised

14. Details of ancillary operations for mineral processing: Not applicable

(a) Existing

(b) Additional

15. MINE DETAILS

(a) Opencast mine

(i) Stripping ratio (mineral in tonnes to over burden in m3)

(ii) Ultimate working depth (in m bgl)

(iii) Indicate present working depth in case of

1.40 Lac

√

3.0 mt

Forever

LOI Granted, Lease is yet to be granted

5 Years

Not applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Nil

Not Applicable

√

Nil

Not Applicable

None

None

√ --

--

√

--

--


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

190 D// FRREIA/201413

existing mine (in m bgl)

(iv) Thickness of top soil (in m.)

Minimum

Maximum

Average

(v) Thickness of overburden (in m.)

Minimum

Maximum

Average

(vi) Mining Plan

Height and width of the bench in

Overburden / waste.

Height & width of the bench in ore body /

coal seam.

Proposed inclination / slope of the sides of the

opencast mine (separately for overburden, coal /

ore and overall slope of the pit sides) both while

operating the mine as well as at the time of

closure of the mine.

Whether transverse sections across the Yes No

opencast mine at the end of fifth year

and at the end of the life of the mine

have been

submitted?

(vii) Type of blasting, if any, to be adopted.

(b) Underground mine- Not Applicable

(i) Seam / Ore body Min.Depth (m) Max. Depth (m) Avg. thickness (m)

Rate of dip in degree Direction of dip

(ii) Mode of entry into the mine : Not Applicable

Shaft

Adit

Incline

Nil

Nil

Nil

Not Applicable

Nil

Nil

Nil

√

Nil

Height (~3m), Width (~10m)

Nil

Not Applicable


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

191 D// FRREIA/201413

(iii) Details of machinery : Not Applicable

On surface Not Applicable

At Face Not Applicable

For transportation Not Applicable

Others Not Applicable

(IV) METHOD OF STOPPING (METALLIFERROUS MINES)

Open

Filled

Shrinkage

Caving

Combination of above

Others (Specify)

(V) EXTRACTION METHOD

Caving

Stowing

Partial extraction

(VI) SUBSIDENCE

Predicted max. subsidence (in m)

Max. value of tensile strain (in mm/m)

Max. slope change (in mm/m)

Whether identified possible subsidence

area(s) superimposed on Surface

Yes

No

Plan has been submitted?

Major impacts on surface features Yes No

like natural drainage pattern, houses,

buildings, water bodies, roads, forest,

etc.

Salient features of subsidence Yes No

management (monitoring and control).

16. Surface drainage pattern at mine site

(a) Whether the pre-mining surface drainage plan Yes No

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

√

√

√

√


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

192 D// FRREIA/201413

submitted?

(b) Do you propose any modification / diversion Yes No

in the existing natural drainage pattern at any

stage? If yes, when. Provide location map

indicating contours, dimensions of water body to be

diverted, direction of flow of water and proposed

route / changes, if any i.e. realignment of river / nallah /

any other water body falling within core zone and its impact.

17. Embankment and / or weir construction (a) Do you propose, at any stage, construction of-

(i) Embankment for protection against flood? Yes No

(ii) Weir for water storage for the mine? Yes No

(B) IF SO, PROVIDE DETAILS THEREOF.

(A) IMPACT OF EMBANKMENT ON HFL AND SETTLEMENT AROUND : NOT

APPLICABLE

(d) Impact of weir on downstream users of water. Not Applicable

18. VEHICULAR TRAFFIC DENSITY (OUTSIDE THE ML AREA)

Type of vehicles No. of vehicles per day

(a) Existing

(b) After the proposed activity

(c) Whether the existing road Yes No

network is adequate?

If no, provide details of alternative

proposal?

19. Loading, transportation and unloading of mineral and waste rocks on surface:

(a) Manual Yes No

(b) Tubs, mine cars, etc. Yes No

(c) Scraper, shovels, dumpers / trucks. Yes No

(d) Conveyors (belt, chain, etc.) Yes No

(e) Others (specify).

20. Mineral(s) transportation outside the ML area

Qty. (in TPD) Percentage (%) Length (in km)

(a) Road

(b) Rail

(c) Conveyors

(d) Rope way

(e) Water ways

(f) Pipeline

√

Truck,Tractor, etc

500

--

--

--

--

--

227

285 Truck,Tractor, etc

100%

√

√

√

√

√

√

Tippers.

--

√


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

193 D// FRREIA/201413

(g) Others (Specify)

Total

21. Baseline Meteorological and Air Quality data

(a) Micro-meteorological data

[Continuous monitoring through autographic instrument for one full season other than monsoon]

(i) Wind rose pattern for one full season (16 points of compass i.e. N, NNE, NE, ---) based on 24-hourly

data. For coastal area also furnish day-time and night time data.

Day time

Night time

24 – hours period

(ii) Site specific monitored data

Mo

nth

Wind Speed (kmph) Temperature (oC) Relative Humidity (%) Rain Fall * (mm)

Cloud

Cover**

(Octas of sky)

Mean Max. % of

calm

Mean

(Dry

Bulb)

Max. Min. Mean Max. Min. Total 24-hours

Highest

No. of

rainy days

Mean

Oct.

2013 0.61 10 42.00 35.24 37 20.2 46 78 19 0.0 0.0 Nil 4

Nov.

2013 0.44 7 39.0 29.67 32.7 14.1 56 82 34 0.0 0.0 Nil 3

Dec.

2013 0.51 6 39.8 25.20 29.0 9.0 51 85 19 0.0 0.0 Nil 4

* 24-hour‟s rainfall should be reported from 08:30 hrs IST of previous day to 08:30 hrs IST of

the day. * Rainy day is considered when 24 hrs rainfalls is 2.5 mm.

** Visual observations of cloud cover should be recorded four times a day at regular intervals.

(iii) Indicate name and distance of the nearest IMD meteorological: Nearest IMD Station Dabok (Udaipur

approx 70 Km) station from which climatological data have been obtained for reporting in the

EIA report, if any.

(b) Ambient air quality data* (RPM, SPM, SO2, and NO2)

[*Monitoring should be carried out covering one full season except monsoon – same season as in 21 (a) (i)]

[*Frequency of sampling: Sampling to be done twice a week for the entire season 24 hourly for SPM & RPM.

For gaseous pollutants 24- hourly data be given irrespective of the sampling period. ]

(i) Season and period for which monitoring has been carried out.

(ii) No. of samples collected at each monitoring station

Name of monitoring

equipment used

PM10 SO2 NO2 CO

RDS

Respirable Dust Sampler with

attachment for gaseous Pollutants

By Electro Chemical

Sensor

Equipment sensitivity 5 to 1000 µg/m3 6.0 to 100 µg/m

3 0-100 mg/m

3

Permissible AAQ standard

(CPCB) R

I

S

100 µg/m3 80 µg/m

3 80 µg/m

3 2.0 mg/m

3

100 µg/m3 80 µg/m

3 80 µg/m

3 2.0 mg/m

3

100 µg/m3 80 µg/m

3 80 µg/m

3 2.0 mg/m

3

500 100


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

194 D// FRREIA/201413

Monitoring

Location

No. of

Sampl

es

Drawn

Catego

ry*

(R, I,

S)

Min Max. 95%

tile Min Max.

95%

tile Min.

Max

.

95%

tile Min. Max.

95%

tile

Core zone

(Not in

River Bed)

CA1

24

R

53.59

74.78 71.04

6.61

13.45 12.77 15.58

23.8

4 22.64 0.38 0.52 0.49

CA2 24 R 56.09 65.34 62.07 9.57 15.49 14.71 16.16 25.4

8 24.20 0.39 0.54 0.51

Buffer zone

BA1

24

R 55.46 68.56 65.13 6.47 11.99 11.39 14.18 19.3

7 18.40 0.38 0.52 0.49

BA2 24 R 56.54 64.87 61.62 6.71 13.03 12.37 14.78

22.1

2 21.01 0.37 0.52 0.49

BA3 24 R 56.21 63.91 60.71 6.24 13.07 12.41 14.45 22.1

8 21.07 0.36 0.52 0.49

BA4 24 R 54.38 63.56 60.38 6.14 12.76 12.12 15.88

24.4

5 23.22 0.34 0.52 0.49

BA5 24 R 52.58 64.23 61.01 6.42 13.67 12.98 15.39 24.4

6 23.23 0.38 0.53 0.50

*R = Residential; I = Industrial; S = Sensitive

# Annex a location map indicating location of AAQ stations, their direction and distance with respect to project site.

(Location Map is attached as annexure No 12)

22. Stack and emission details, if any*- Not Applicable

Sl. No. Process / unit

of operation

(e.g. DG Set,

Boiler)

Height

of stack

(m)

Internal

top dia.

(m)

Flue

gas exit

velocity

(m/sec)

Emission rate (kg/hr) Heat

emissi

on

rate

from

top of

stack

(K.cal

/hr)

Exhaust / Flue gas

SP

M

SO

2

NO2 CO Tem

p OC

Densi

ty

Sp

eci

fic

He

at

Vol

ume

tric

flow

rate

(m3/

hr.)

23. Details of fugitive emissions during mining operations

Dust will be generated during Loading and transportation. Details regarding dust emission have been

incorporated in R EIA/EMP Report, Chapter 9, and section 9.1.

24. Air Quality Impact Prediction (AQIP)*

(a) Details of model(s) used for AQIP including grid size, terrain features, and input meteorological data-

-AERMOD 8.2 View Model used for this project

(b) Maximum incremental GLC values of pollutants based on prediction exercise

(in μg/m3)

Sampling Location Predicted incremental Max. conc.

μg/m3

Max. Base line

conc.(μg/m3 )

Cumulative max. conc. μg/m3 Prescribed Standards

in Day Time in μg/m3

PM

10

SO

2

NO

2

PM

10

SO

2

NO

2

PM

10

SO

2

NO

2

PM

10

SO

2

NO

2

Bhagal (Core Zone) 0.922 1.38 1.84 72.15 16.54 24.99 73.07 17.92 26. 83 100 80 80

Gumanpura (Core Zone)

0.70 1.00 1.00 72.54 16.58 25.98 73.24 17.58 26.98

Khempura 0.07 0.81 0.85 72.54 16.59 25.36 72.61 17.4 26.21

Sonla Ka Khera 0.05 0.10 0.55 72.58 16.54 25.66 72.63 16.64 26.21


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

195 D// FRREIA/201413

Gadri Khera 0.10 0.02 0.06 72.59 16.59 25.61 72.69 16.61 25.67

[* Question Number 22, 23 & 24 need not be filled-in for mines having ML area of 25 ha. or less.]

[**Information on item no. 2 & 3 to be provided in cases with captive power generation of 500 KVA and above]

025. Water requirement (m3/day)

Purpose Avg. Demand Peak Demand

A. Mine site

1. Mine operation

2. Land reclamation

3. Green Belt & Dust Suppression

4. Drinking

5. Beneficiation

6. Washeries

7. Fire Service

8. OTHERS (SPECIFY)

B. TOWNSHIP

1. Green Belt

2. Domestic

3. Other (specify)

---

---

3 KLD

3KLD

---

---

---

---

No township

proposed

---

---

---

---

---

3 KLD

3 KLD

---

---

---

---

No township

proposed

---

---

---

Total 6 KLD 6 KLD

26. Source of water supply*

S. No. Source m3/day

1 River (name) None

2 Ground water None

3 Mine water (sump / pit) None

4 Other surface water bodies (specify) None

5 Tanker Water Supply 6

[*Annex a copy of sanction letter / permission from the concerned authority (Central Ground Water Authority in

case of ground water abstraction is from notified area / State Ground Water Board in case of non-notified area /

State Irrigation Department for surface water pumping) for drawing water.]

27. Lean season flow in case of pumping from river / nalla (cumecs)

28. GROUND WATER POTENTIAL OF THE STUDY AREA

28.1. Ground water availability

(a) Range of water table (m bgl)

(i) Pre-monsoon (April/May)

Core Zone

Buffer zone

(ii) Post-monsoon (November)

Core Zone

Buffer zone

(b) Total annual replenishable recharge (million m3/ year)

By ground water table fluctuation method

By rainfall infiltration factor method

(c) Annual draft excluding estimated draft through

mine discharge (million m3/ year)

2031

Not applicable

4.85 – 7.50 m bgl

6.80-8.70 mbgl

2.03 – 4.25 m bgl

4.90- 6.90 mbgl

None

None

--


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

196 D// FRREIA/201413

(d) Estimated draft through mine discharge (million m3/ year)

(e) Net annual ground water availability (million m3/ year)

(f) Stage of ground water development in %

28.2. WATER DEMAND - COMPETING USERS OF THE WATER SOURCE-

NOT APPLICABLE

S

.

N

O

.

U

S

A

G

E

Present Consumption

(m3/day)

Additional proposed

as per local plan

(m3/day)

Total

(m3/day)

Surface Ground Surface Ground Surface Ground

1 Domestic - - - 3 - 3

2 Irrigation - - - - - -

3 Industry - - - - - -

4 Mining - - - - - -

5

Green Belt &

Dust

Suppression

- - - 3 - 3

Total - - - - - -

29. Water quality*

- Physico -chemical analysis given in REIA Chapter 4, Table No 4.8

(a) Annex physico -chemical analysis of water at intake point **

(b) In case of existing mine, annex report on quality of water discharge i.e. complete physico - chemical analysis**

[*For non-discharging mines at least four ground water samples to be taken preferably from downstream

direction of the mine in pre-monsoon and post-monsoon periods and analysed. For discharging mines six

samples are to be analysed]

**All parameters as per BIS 10500. Indicate name of Methodology, Equipment used for

analysis, and Detection Level (DL) for each parameter.

*** Wherever any analytical parameter is below detection level, “BDL” (Below Detection

Level) should be written instead of „NIL‟. 30. Impact on ground water regime / stream / lake / springs due to mine dewatering*

Not applicable

(a) Radius of influence (in m)

[To be estimated based on analysis of pumping

test data and application of empirical formula]

(b) Whether saline water ingress will take place? Yes No

(Applicable to coastal areas)

(c) Impact on stream / lake / springs

[* Provide a comprehensive hydro-geological assessment report if the average mine dewatering is more than

100 m3/day and or going below water table in non-monsoon period. The report should be based on preferably

latest one year pre-monsoon and post-monsoon baseline data covering information on ground water situation,

aquifer characteristics, water level conditions (April – May and November), estimate of ground water resources,

predicted impact of the project on ground water regime and detailed remedial / conservation measures such as

artificial recharge of ground water etc. The report should be based on actual field inventory out of existing

wells, at least 30 observation wells in the buffer zone with supplementary information from secondary sources

Not applicable

1645

123.47

√


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

197 D// FRREIA/201413

(mention name). For estimation** of ground water resource (refer question no. 28 above) be designated study

area of the buffer zone may be sub-divided into command and non-command areas, watershed-wise (in case of

hard rock / consolidated formations) / block-wise / mandal-wise in case of alluvial / unconsolidated formations)]

[**For estimating ground water resources in the area follow the Ground Water Estimation Committee

recommendations of 1997]

31. Waste Water Management- Not Applicable

Mine

(a) Daily average discharge (m3/day) from different sources

(i) Mine water discharge during

Lean period

Monsoon period

(ii) Workshop

(iii) Domestic (mine site)

(iv) Beneficiation / Washeries

(v) Coal Handling Plant

(vi) Tailings pond

(vii) Others (Specify)

Total 2.4 KLD

(b) Waste water treatment plant; flow

sheet for treatment process attached. Yes No

(c) Quantity of water recycled / reused /

to be recycled in

(i) Percentage

(ii) m3 /day

(d) Point of final discharge

Final Point Quantity discharged (in m3/day)

1. Surface

(i) Agricultural land

(ii) Waste land

(iii) Forest land

(iv) Green belt

Not Applicable

2. River / nallah Not Applicable

3. Lake Not Applicable

4. Sea Not Applicable

5. Others (specify) Not Applicable

Total

(e) Users of discharge water

(i) Human Yes No

(ii) Livestock Yes No

(iii) Irrigation Yes No

---

2.4 KLD

---

---

No mine water discharge. Therefore not applicable

---

---

---

---

√

√

√

√


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

198 D// FRREIA/201413

(iv) Industry Yes No

(v) Others (specify)

(f) Details of the river / nalla, if final effluent is / will be discharged (cumecs)

(i) Average flow rate

(ii) Lean season flow rate

(iii) Aquatic life

(iv) Analysis of river water 100 meters Yes No

upstream and 100 meters downstream

of discharge point submitted.

Township

(a) Waste water generation from

township (m3/day)

(b) Are you planning to provide sewage Yes No

treatment plant?

(c) Usage of treated water

32. Attach water balance statement in the form of a flow diagram indicating source (s),

consumption (Section-wise) and output.

Water Balance

b.

33. Ambient noise level leq dB(A)

Location of sampling station

Noise level

Day Time Night Time

34. Solid Waste- Nil

Core Zone (Not in River Bed)

CN1 (Bhagal) 42.1 35.2

CN2 (Gumanpura) 42.1 34.2

B. Buffer Zone BN1(Khempura) 54.2 42.8

None

None

No Township proposed

None

√

√

√

Water Requirement (Source – Water Tanker)

6.0 KLD

Domestic use

3 KLD

Plantation & Dust Suppression

3.0 KLD

Septic Tank /

Soakpit Domestic Waste

0.6 KLD

2.4 KLD


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

199 D// FRREIA/201413

BN2(Sonla Ka Khera) 45.8 37.1

BN3(Gadri Khera) 42.3 34.6

(a) Top soil and Solid waste quantity and quality

Name (Lump/fines/slurry/

Sludge/others)

Composition Quantity

(m3/month)

Method of disposal

Mining activity*

a. Top Soil

b. Over burden

c. Others (specify)

Nil Nil Nil

Effluent Treatment Plant

(sludge)

Nil Nil Nil

Total Nil Nil Nil

[* Annex layout plan indicating the dump sites.]

(b) (i) Does waste (s) contain any

hazardous/toxic substance/

radioactive materials or Yes No

heavy metals?

(ii) If yes, whether details and Yes No

precautionary measures

provided?

(c) Recovery and recycling possibilities. (d) Possible user(s) of the solid waste.

(e) (i) Is the solid waste suitable for

backfilling? Yes No

(ii) If yes, when do you propose

to start backfilling.

(in million m3)

Solid waste (s) Already accumulated

(A)

To be generated

(B)

% of A & B to be backfilled

A B

Over burden

Not Applicable Not Applicable Not

Applicable

Not Applicable

Others (specify)

Not Applicable Not Applicable Not

Applicable

Not Applicable

Land reclamation Plan Not Applicable

(f) In case waste is to be dumped on the ground, indicate

(i) Associated environmental problems

(ii) Number & type of waste dumps

No. of external dumps

Max. projected height of dumps (in m)

activi

ty* [ a.

Top

Soil [ b.

Over

burd

en [ c.

Othe

rs

(spec

ify)

Not applicable

Not applicable [ a. Top Soil [ b. Over burden [ c. Others (specify)

√

activi

ty* [ a.

Top

Soil [ b.

Over

burd

en [ c.

Othe

rs

(spec

ify)

activi

ty* [ a.

Top

Soil [ b.

Over

burd

en [ c.

Othe

rs

(spec

ify)

√

[ b.

Over

burd

en [ c.

Othe

rs

(spec

ify)

Not Applicable

activi

ty* [ a.

Top

Soil [ b.

Over

burd

en [ c.

Othe

rs

(spec

ify)

√

activi

ty* [ a.

Top

Soil [ b.

Over

burd

en [ c.

Othe

rs

(spec

ify)


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

200 D// FRREIA/201413

No. of terraces and height of each stage

Overall slope of the dump (degree)

Proposed reclamation measures

(iii) Section of the waste dump in relation

to the adjacent ground profile attached. Yes No

35. Fuel / Energy requirements*- Not Applicable [*To be furnished for mines having ML area more than 25 ha. or captive power generation of 500KVA and above]

(a) Total power requirement : Not Applicable (in MW)

S. No. Mine Site Township Others (specify) Total

1 Present

2 Proposed /

additional

Total

(b) Source of power: Not Applicable (in MW)

S. No. SEB/Grid* Captive power plant DG Sets

1 Present

2 Propose

Total

[* Annex a copy of the sanction letter from the concerned authority]

(c) Details of fuels

S.No. Fuel Daily Consumption

(TPD)

Calorific value

(Kcals/kg)

% Ash % Sulphur

Existing Proposed 1

2

3

HSD

LSHS

Other

(specify)

0.80

Nil

Nil

0.19

Nil

Nil

9840

Nil

Nil

0.01

Nil

Nil

1.0

Nil

Nil

36. Storage of inflammable / explosive materials- Not Applicable

No inflammable / explosive materials will be used in mining operations as this is a

riverbed mining project.

S. No. Name Number of

Storages

Consumption

(in TPD)

Maximum Quantity at any

point of time

1 Fuels

2 Explosives

37. Human Settlement-

Core Zone Buffer Zone

POPULATION 30101 74192

NO. OF

VILLAGES 21 110

NUMBER OF

HOUSEHOLDS

VILLAGE-WISE

Nil Pease refer Given below table

√

Not Applicable

Not Applicable


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

201 D// FRREIA/201413

[* As per 2011 census record or actual survey]

Buffer Area Total

Household S.No. Name of Village

1 Roliya 351

2 Hapha Kheri 246

3 Rampuriya 28

4 Surpur 371

5 Surpuri 188

6 Undayala 67

7 Ramthali 350

8 Hathiyana 536

9 Uchnar Khurd 279

10 Gumanpura 120

11 Jawanpura 95

12 Ummedpura 122

13 Kanrookara 257

14 Hingwaniya 191

15 Gundli 137

16 Akola 2023

17 Chokri 202

18 Joyra 236

19 Kanwarpura 123

20 Murla 152

21 Umand 368

22 Ranchhor Pura 71

23 Govind Pura 58

24 Balarada 219

25 Ren Ka Khera 175

26 Khatya Kheri 79

27 Kachhiya Kheri 169

28 Pawatiya 88

29 Dama Khera 252

30 Randiyardi 137

31 Tara Kheri 225

32 Kishaniyakheri 56

33 Sandiyarda 185

34

Ranawaton Ki

Sadari 307

35 Ajan Khera 184

36 Jawa 60

37 Patoliya 327

38 Mund Katiya 114

39 Baldiyon Ka Kera 272

40 Pari 406

41 Rawtiya 264


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

202 D// FRREIA/201413

42 Tanda 95

43 Kherli 42

44 Harmatiya 87

45 Bhoopal Nagar 313

46 Shivwata 306

47 Danta 288

48 Jakar Khera 31

49 Kolpura 196

50 Joonakeer Khera 125

51 Roopa Kheri 189

52 Arniya 198

53 Jelwalon Ka Khera 62

54 Nariya 114

55 Kalyanpura 104

56 Surajpura 53

57 Jeetiya 241

58 Jalampura 40

59 Fatehpura 99

60

Tarmawon Ka

Khera 236

61 Godiyana 92

62 Khanji Ka Khera 20

63 Jaipura 180

64 Roodri 235

65 Shambhoopura 124

66 Rughnathpura 256

67 Hamerpura 70

68 Gundli Khera 97

69 Gurha 152

70 Nilod 485

71 Babariya Khera 106

72 Badwai 230

73 Amarpura 39

74 Dareeba 44

75 Lalawas 101

76 Pemakhera 55

77 Daulatpura 111

78 Narji Ki Bhagal 73

79 Kalyanpura 87

80 Balla Ki Bhagal 8

81 Goojaron Ki Bhagal 94

82 Chak'B' Tana 3

83 Nandoli 168

84 Geelund 137

85 Tana 677

86 Nawalpura 97


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

203 D// FRREIA/201413

87 Kabeerji Ki Bhagal 98

88 Dhanna Ki Bhagal 123

89 Kanar Khera 173

90 Rayapuriya Kalan 238

91 Chakura 237

92 Chakuri 140

93 Suratpura 105

94 Pitamber Puriya 58

95 Karjali 542

96 Goverdhanpura 58

97 Viroli 93

98 Ghaslon Ka Khera 142

99 Ranwon Ka Khera 64

100 Kiron Ka Khera 135

101 Khera Kiran 97

102 Jeewa Khera 41

103 Theparion Ka Khera 89

104 Dantoli 99

105 Bheemkhand 215

106 Peepal Kheri 113

107 Teja Khera 49

108 Nathi Ka Khera 63

109 Uchnar Kalan 181

110 Rewaliya Khurd 300

111 Manpura 100

112 Rewaliya Kalan 178

113 Bannath Pura 102

114 Sonarda 80

115 Murliya 183

116 Parliya 326

117 Deva Khera 93

118 Leswa 164

119 Kasya Kalan 140

120 Kasya Khurd 123

121 Gadariya Was 139

122 Surkhand 162

123 Jorawar Pura 95

124 Lohariya 109

125 Koonthana 221

126 Kesharpura 88

127 Mokhampura 42

128 Gurha 71

129 Madanpura 99

130 Nardhari 89

131 Bhagwanpura 363


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

204 D// FRREIA/201413

Total 23070

38. REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT (R&R) PLAN*-

NOT APPLICABLE [*Provide a comprehensive rehabilitation plan, if more than 1000 people are likely to be displaced, other-wise a

summary plan]

(a) Villages falling within the study area

Villages

Number Name

Core zone 21 (The village wise figures

have been given in socio

Economic study mentioned in Chapter

4).

500 m from the blasting site (s) Not Applicable Not Applicable

Buffer zone 110 Details Given in Socio-Economic

Chapter:4

Township site Not Applicable Not Applicable

(b) Details of village(s) in the core zone Not Applicable

S.

No.

Village name

Population* Average Annual Income

Tribal Others

---- ---- ---- ---- ----

---- ---- ---- ---- ----

---- ---- ---- ---- ----

[*As per 2001 census / actual survey]

(c) Population to be displaced and / or Land oustees- Not Applicable

Name of village(s) falling within Number of oustees

L

A

N

D

(

O

N

L

Y

)

Homestead

(only)

Land and Homestead

(both)

Mining Lease 1.

2.

Not Applicable Not

Applicable

Not Applicable

Township Site 1.

2.

Not Applicable Not

Applicable

Not Applicable

(d) Whether R&R package has been finalized? Not Applicable

If yes, salient features of R&R plan for oustees.


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

205 D// FRREIA/201413

(i) Site details where the people are proposed to

be resettled & facilities existing / to be created.

(ii) Funds earmarked for compensation package.

(iii) Agency /Authority responsible for their

resettlement.

(iv) Time of commencement of resettlement

of Project Affected People (PAP).

(v) Period by which resettlement of PAP will

be over.

39. Lease -wise plantation details

(a) Lease area (in ha.) 335.03 Ha. Existing mine New mine

(i) Area broken up

(ii) To be broken up

(iii) Area not to be broken-up

(b) Township area (in ha.) (c) Area afforested and proposed (in ha.)

Peripheral Dumps Roads Township Others

(i) Existing Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

(ii) Proposed Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

(d) No. and type of trees planted and proposed

(i) Existing : No Plantation

When plantation was started? Month / Year

No. of plant species planted Number saplings (per ha.)

Survival rate % ● Avg. height

(ii) Proposed

No. of plant species to be planted Number of saplings (per ha.)

800 per Year As per Norms

40. Environmental health and safety

Nil 2.25

Nil 16.75

Nil 301.95

Not Applicable

Not applicable

Not Applicable Not Applicable

Not applicable


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

206 D// FRREIA/201413

(a) What major health and safety hazards are anticipated?

The generation of dust is anticipated from various mining activities and other activities

related to mining. With the proposed riverbed mining operations for collection of bajri

and transportation of bajri, it is imperative that noise levels would increase. However,

the expected noise levels are not likely to have any adverse effect from the occupational

health point of view.

(b) What provisions have been made/ proposed to be made to conform to health and safety requirements?

Masks will be provided to workers those work in dust prone areas. Dust suppression will be done by water

sprinkling. Earplugs will be provided to workers those who are working in near the mining machineries. Proper

precautions will be taken to avoid accidents. Regular medical checkup of the employees would be done as per

provision of Mines Act, 1952.A well equipped first aid station will be kept operated all the time of work. Group

insurance scheme will be implemented to protect the future of mine worker and their families in case of any

accident, mishappening while working in the mine.

(c) In case of an existing mine- Not Applicable

(i) Comprehensive report on health status

of the workers as under the Mines Act annexed. Yes No

(ii) Mineralogical composition of RPM (dust)

Free silica

Chromium* (Total as well as Hexavalent)

Lead**

[* Only for Chromite mines]

[**Only for Base Metal mines]

(d) Information on radiation protection measures, if applicable. Not Applicable

41. Environmental Management Plan

Salient features of environmental protection measures

S. No. Environmental

issues*

Already practiced,

if applicable

Proposed

1 Air pollution Not Applicable Dust suppression will be done by

water sprinkling.

Dust masks will be provided to

those who will work in dust prone

areas.

Ambient Air Quality monitoring

will be carried out on regular

intervals


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

207 D// FRREIA/201413

2 Water pollution Not Applicable Waste water will not be generated during

mining operations as it involves only

collection of sand.

Ground Water will not be intersected

during mining activities.

Excavation will be carried out upto a

maximum depth of 3 m from surface of

bajri deposit and not less than one metre

from the water level of the River channel

whichever is earlier.

No waste water will be generated from

the mining activities.

Septic tanks and soak pits will be

provided for the disposal of domestic

effluents.

3. Water conservation Not Applicable During monsoon, ground water will naturally

recharge through seepage of rain water at

some extent

4. Noise pollution Not Applicable Proper maintenance of machines on

regular intervals.

Ear Plugs will be provided to Mine

workers.

5. Solid waste / Tailings Not Applicable No waste generated during life of mine so

there is no mitigation or management

measures are proposed.

6. Land degradation Not Applicable As the mining area is confined to river

channel only no other land will disturbed due

to mining.

7. Erosion & Sediment Not Applicable The minerals will be mined out in a

uniform way so that the river flow/course

shall not get disturbed.

Mining will proceed along the river in

the direction from downstream to

upstream in each block.

No mining will be done across the river-

nalla.

No mining will be done within 7.5 m

from the either side of river banks to

maintain its protection.

Mining will not be done in proximity of

any bridge, culvert,embankment or any


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

208 D// FRREIA/201413

water works setup etc. Appropriate

safety zone will be left.

8. Top soil Not Applicable No top soil will be encountered during

mining activity so no measures are proposed.

All the material is directly marketable.

9. Ground vibration Not Applicable No ground vibrations will be there as this is a

riverbed mining project.

10. Wildlife conservation Not Applicable Conservation plan has been prepared for

Peafowl.

11. Forest protection Not Applicable Not Applicable

12. Others (specify) Not Applicable Not Applicable

[* As applicable]

42. Compliance with environmental safeguards (For existing units) - Not Applicable

(a) Status of the compliance of conditions of

Environmental clearance issued by MoEF, Yes No

if any, enclosed.

(b) Status of the compliance of ‘Consent to

Operate’ issued by SPCB, if any, enclosed. Yes No

(c) Latest 'environmental statement' enclosed. Yes

No

43. Scoping of EIA

Whether environmental impact assessment

of the project has been carried out by Yes No

following scoping process?

If yes, a copy of scoping of EIA Yes No

annexed.

44. Mine closure

(a) Have you planned mine closure? Yes No

(b) Submitted a conceptual mine Yes No

closure plan.

(c) If yes, indicate estimated amount for

implementing the same (in Rs. lakhs)

45. Capital cost of the project (in Rs. Lakh)

(Based on latest estimate)

Not Applicable

60 Lac


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

209 D// FRREIA/201413

46. Cost of environmental protection measures

S.

No.

Frequency Capital cost Annual recurring cost

Existin

g

Proposed Existing Proposed

1 Pollution Control

Water Sprinkling

Regular Nil 2.0 Lac Nil 40,000 Per

Annum = 2.0

Lac

2 Pollution Monitoring

i.e Water, Air, Soil & Noise etc.

Half Yearly Nil -- Nil 1.00 Per

Annum = 5.0

Lac

3 Green Belt Development @ 800 Plant

Per Year

Nil -- Nil 6,000 Per

Annum

= 0.3 Lac

4 Others (specify)

1. Haul road and other roads

repair and maintenance

Regular

Nil -- Nil 40000 Per

Annum

= 2.0 Lac

2. Wire fencing at plantation

site Nil -- Nil 4000 Per

Annum

= 0.20 Lac

3. Rainwater

Harvesting

Nil 1.0 Lac Nil 10000 Per

Annum

= 0.5 Lac

Total (13.00 Lac For 5 Years) Nil 3.0 Lac Nil 10.0 Lac

47. Amount earmarked for socio-economic welfare measures for the nearby villages

other than R&R plans.

Rs. 4.6 Lac

48. Public Hearing

(a) Date of Advertisement

(b) Newspapers in which the advertisement appeared

(c) Date of public hearing (DD/MM/YYYY)

(d) Public Hearing Panel chaired by & members present

(e) No. of people attended the public hearing meeting

and number of people from the lease area.

(f) Summary/details of public hearing in tabular form.

S.

No.

Name &

address

Issued raised in brief Suggestion/comments by

consultant or proponent

Action plan with

Budgetary

provision

(if any)

Rs.13.0 Lac

08/08/2014

10.09.2014

Nil 64

Times of India & Rajasthan Patrika

ADM Chittorgarh Sh. Harji Lal Atal, RO

RSPCBChittorgarh Sh KC Gupta


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

210 D// FRREIA/201413

1 Shri Bheeru Lal

Mochi,

Village: Akola

He objected that

Overloaded vehicle on roads for

bajari Transportation, damages the

road. There are many shrubs are

either side of the roads, which are

neither pruned nor maintained by

PWD. Due to narrower paths, Even

two wheelers have had to face

many problems due heavy shrubs

on the way. Damaged pits on the

roads are filled only with sand and

concrete due to which life of the

drivers of small size vehicle

remain in danger. Roads should be

maintained and shrubs should be

pruned. Administration should be

strict to overloaded vehicles. Road

has damaged in one year only.

He further said that khasra nos. got

reshuffled as the results of land

measurement done in the year1990

due to which Poor Farmer could

not procure back their khasara

land in their Khatedari (Account)

through which they neither getting

any sort of government donation,

electricity connection, nor the their

Kissan Credit Card are being

generated. Farmers have had to

borrow money on more interest

form market.

Therefore you are requested to get

farmers back their land right.

Technical consultant of project

proponent replied that we will

operate the only vehicles which are

permitted by State Government.

Loading of the vehicles for Bajari

transportation will be done

according to loading capacity of

road.

According to mining rules we will

provide a copy of video-graphy to

Collector Office, Tehsil Office,

Panchayat Office of mining zone

and safety zone pillars.

.

Rs. 0.50 Lac. For

road reparing &

maintenance.

2. Shri Kailash

Soni,

Village:

Kapasan

He questioned that What will the

benefit to the youth of nearby

villages of river. Will employment

be provided them? What are the

benefits to nearby villagers due to

mining on the banks of river and

What will be done for animals?

Preference in employment will be

given to the people of nearby

villages for collection and loading

of Bajri.

About 23 persons

will be employed

directly.

Rs. 4.60 Lac per

year under the CSR.

3 Shri Ram

Singh,

Village: Pipal

Kheri

He questioned that what are

benefits to famers from the money

that is being deposited to the govt.

as royalty and tax from costumer?

No Road maintenance & other

development work have been done

by lease holder till date.

Regular health check up camp,

Medical facilities in nearby

villages. Pure drinking water

facility,

Construction of Toilets in Schools

& nearby areas. Scholarship in

schools will be developed under

CSR Programme.

Same as point No.

1&2.

4 Shri Jagdish

Chandra

Chhipa (Deputy

Sarpanch)

Village: Akola

He told that there is Shamshan in

the middle of the bridge built on

Berach River and thereafter there

is a place of Chhipa Society for

drying printed cloths. So at this

place no sand mining activities

should be carried out. So that

people involved in Akola‟s famous

dyeing and printing work, may dry

their printed cloths on river bank.


proponent replied that mining

activity will not be carried out in

500m area in river near Akola

village. Through which this part of

river may be used for drying cloths

for small scale industries as dyeing

& printing.

A safety zone of 45.0 m radius will

be left around the Temple,

A safety zone of

45.0 m radius will

be left around the

Temple, Mosque,

Bridge etc and a

margin of 7.5 m will

also be left against

the banks as per

mining rules.

No budget allocated


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

211 D// FRREIA/201413

So, mining should not be done and

a space should be left between the

bridges of Berach and Kerry Ghat

bridge.

Mosque, Bridge etc and a margin

of 7.5 m will also be left against

the banks as per mining rules.

separately for the

same.

5 Shri Kishor,

Village;

Ummedpura

He questioned that Who will

maintain the Plants that will be

planted by the lease holder and

what will be the arrangement of

water spraying for flying dust?

Lease holder will take all

responsibility for the same.

Water sprinkler will be proposed

for dust separation.

Water Spraying :

Rs. 2.0 Lac Per Year

Green Belt & Plant

Maintenance: 0.5

Lac for 5 Year.

6 Mr. Fariyad

Mohammad,

Village: Akola

He told that anicut located near the

bridge, should be declared as a Red

zone.

He also demanded for royalty free

Bajri for any of the religious places

as temple, mosque etc.

A safety zone of 45.0 m radius will

be left around the Temple,

Mosque, Bridge etc and a margin

of 7.5 m will also be left against

the banks as per mining rules.

Rebate on royalty may be

provided by administration on the

basis of state government rules &

written consent of village Sarpanch

& Mining Department, for any

religious place such as Temple,

Mosque etc.

No financial budget

allocated.

7 ADM Shri

Harji Lal Atal,

Chittorgarh

Wanted to know that the project

cost is Rs. 60 lac and production

capacity is 140000 tons per annum

than how many trucks will be

loaded per day?

He told that village roads can be

damaged by heavy loading so; the

loading capacity of trucks should

not be more than 10 tones.

He wanted to know that the project

cost is Rs. 60 lac than how will this

amount be spent? How many

people will work in this project and

what will be their salary?

He said that the project should be

shown correctly and running cost

should also be included in it and

also clear that how many JCB and

dumpers will be operated?

It is not mentioned that how much

amount will be spent on

environment protection measures

(EMP) like; water sprinkling, Bajri

trucks will be covered by trepoline

sheets etc.

He further wanted to know that

how did you assess the amount of

Rs. 4.6 lac per annum for proposed

combined social responsibility

(CSR)?

CSR amount should be increased.


proponent replied that it is

proposed that 8-10 trucks will be

operated which will transport of

sand maximum 20 tones with the

bearing road capacity.

Project cost is Rs. 60 lac is only for

semi-mechanized machineries like;

JCB, Dumpers Trolley etc. of the

project. This amount is not

including laborer‟s salary.

Mining work will not be done

during night time

Consultant on behalf of proponent

replied that total sum of Rs. 7.0 lac

will be spent on environmental

protection measures. Also

Rs. 4.6 lac will be spent on 21

villages falling in the lease area

according to their ratio under CSR

also agreed to increase the same

with discussion of villagers during

operation phase on mutually

understanding.

Same as Point No.

1&2

49. Whether the following approvals* (wherever applicable) have been obtained?

(i) Site clearance from MoEF Yes No

(ii) „Consent for Establishment‟ from the

State Pollution Control Board Yes No


CHITTORGARH 2014-15

212 D// FRREIA/201413

(iii) NOC from Atomic Mineral Division Yes No

(iv) Mining plan approval from IBM /

Ministry of Coal (From DMG) Yes No

(v) In case of existing mines, mining

scheme approval from IBM Yes No

(vi) Forestry clearance under FCA, 1980 Yes No

(vii) NOC from Chief Controller of

Explosives Yes No

(viii) Commitment regarding availability /

pumping of water from the concerned Yes No

Authorities

(ix) In case of ML area falling in notified areas

of the Central Ground Water Authority, Yes No

NOC from them.

(Approved Mining Plan by DMG- attached with EIA Report)

50. WAS / IS THERE ANY COURT CASE RELATING TO THE PROJECT OR RELATED

ACTIVITIES? IF SO, PROVIDE DETAILS PRESENT STATUS.

No

Verification: The data and information given in this proforma are true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Date: 12-01-2015 Signature of the applicant* with

full name & address

M/s. Rajasthan Fort & Palace Pvt. Ltd.

Place: [* Owner or his authorized signatory]

Given under the seal of organisation on behalf of whom the applicant is signing

final reia / emp report for river sand mining project...

Documents